Water Supply Project for GSECL Colony, UKAI DAM ANNEXURE ... Office/Ukai Thermal... · Water Supply Project for GSECL Colony, UKAI DAM Sign of contractor 6 hereunder a. Movement Test

Water Supply Project for GSECL Colony, UKAI DAM

Sign of contractor 1

ANNEXURE- 1

VENDOR LIST FOR EQUIPMENTS/INSTRUMENTS FOR WTP

The vendor list given on the following pages is the general vendor list for various equipment's to be followed for this project. For the items not included in this list and required for the project the contractor shall invariably get the name of sub vendors approved from the engineers in charge before placement of sub orders. The bidders should mention the make of particular equipment in the data sheets submitted in the offer word ’’Equipment” shall not be used. If the quoting agency them shelf are manufacturer of particular item. They shall invariably mention in their covering letter with evidences of running of factory and performance of equipment item installed so far.

A) FLOW METERS :

Mahindra and Mahindra

Taylor

S.B. Electro - Mech. Environ Engineering Company Kaycee

MIXER AND AGITATORS :

Remi

Macneill and Magor

Standard Engineers

Environ Engineering Company Voltas.

Geo Miller & Co. Ltd. Patel Filters

BLOWERS :

S.L.M. Maneklal

Kay International

Universal

Monex. D) VALVES:

1) Kirloskar



2) Geeta

3) Macneill and Magor 4) I.V.C.

5) Forbes Engineering

6) Balaji Indistrual Limited

7) KVMC

8) Vpadhyay Valves



E) GATES :

1) Jash

2) Erhard

3) Kirlosker

4) I.V.C.

F) C.I. PIPES AND SPECIALS :

1) I.S.C.O. Ujjain/Calcutta

2) Western Pipes - Ahmedabad.

3) Baroda Rolling.

4) Electro steel casting.

I) GEAR BOXES

1) Elecon

2) Radian

3) Essenpro

M.S. PIPES/FITTINGS :

1) Tisco 2) B.S.T.

3) PSL

4) Jindal

5) Welspun 6) Saw pipes

ELECTRIC MOTORS :

1) N.G.E.F.

2) Compton Graves

3) Kirloskar

4) H.B.B.

5) Siemens

6) Bharat Bijli

J) LIGHTING FIXTURE : 1) Philips

2) G.ETC.COMPLETE

3) Crompton

4) Bajaj

5) Anchor



K) CABLES (POWER & CONTROL)

1) C.C.I.

2) Universal Cables

3) Asian Cables

4) Fort Gloster

L) MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE COMPONENTS

1) Crompton.

2) L & T

3) Siemens

4) Culter Hammer (BCH)

5) Bhel

M) H.O.T. ANDCRANE :

1) Sayaji Iron and Engg.

2) Shree Engineers

3) Gayatri Engineering works

4) Hoist - O - Mech.

5) Batliboi (Indef).

N) CLARIFLOCCULATOR MECHANISM :

1) Voltas

2) Door- Oliver

3) Environ

4) EMCO - KCP

O) GASEOUS CHLORINATORS :

1) Chlorocontrol

2) Panwalt

3) Industrial Devices

4) Metito

5) IEC

P) CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS :

1) Kirloskar

2) Khimlene

3) Stork -Johnson

4) K.S.B.

5) Best & Cromption.

6) Mather & platt



SPECIFICATIONS FOR CAST IRON SLUICE GATES

The construction of cast iron sluice gate shall be in accordance with the specifications

mentioned hereunder and as per IS:13349-1992. The sluice gate shall be capable of

performing the duties set out in this specification without undue wear or deterioration, They

shall be constructed, so that maintenance is kept to a minimum. The sluice gate shall be

rising or non-rising spindle type .

DETAILS OF CAST IRON SINGLE FACE THIMBLE MOUNTED SLUICE GATE.

Applicable standard

Shape of water way Size

( W x H) in mm Operating

head from surface of

water to centre line of

gate in meters

Design head in meters

Seating head Unseating

head Distance between

centre line of water way

to base of operating

platform Method of

operation

Length and shape of

wall thimble

Stem

Type of closure Seating

face

Side & Top wedges Shop

Testing

IS: 13349-1992

Square / Rectangular

/ Circular mm x mm

meters.

meters. meters. meters.

Manually operated two speed spur and bevel geared

with necessary bearing with maximum diameter of Hand

wheel/crank being 750mm suitable for opening with

maximum18 kgs effort by a single person. As per site requirement

Rising type

Conventional Closure / Flush Bottom closure The

maximum clearance between the seating surface with

the slide in the closed position shall not exceed 0.10mm.

The seating face should be fitted in dove-tailed

machined grooves. Separately adjustable type Following shop tests at manufacturer site will be conducted as per procedure mentioned

1.

2.

3.

4.

8.

9.

9.

12. 13.



hereunder

a. Movement Test Movement test should be conducted in

horizontal/vertical assembled condition using stems &

headstock. The gate should be operated once from full

close to full open and back to full

b Shop leakage test close condition with a max. force of 135 Newton- meter on the crank or hand wheel.

Shop leakage test by applying unseating hydraulic

pressure will be conducted at manufacturer’s shop. A

hydrostatic pressure equal to maximum

seating/unseating head shall be applied to gate at center

line of gate opening from the back, ie. Unseating face of

the gate in closed position, through pump. The suitable

scaled calibrated pressure gauge put on the unseating

face of the gate shall indicate constant reading equal to

unseating pressure head. The pressure gauge shall be

placed at center line of the gate and should indicate the

actual pressure being encountered by the gate. It will not

be allowed to put pressure on any other location like

delivery line of pump set, etc.

Water leakage through the gate under above condition

shall be collected in a collection pan and measured. The leakage so measured should not

exceed the limit of 2.5, 3.5 and 4.5 liters per minute per meter sealing perimeter for class-1,

calls II and class III sluice gates as stated in the IS:13349-1992.

No alternate testing arrangement will be permitted in

place of above method.

After the leakage test Hydrostatic body test will be

conducted at manufacturer’s shop. A hydrostatic

pressure equal to 1.5 times the maximum operating

head should be applied on the gate for 5 minutes

continuously. No permanent deformation in casting

should be observed.

Torque test at operating head would be conducted at

applicable head at manufacturer’s shop for gates upto

2000x2000mm size

Seat clearance check

c. Hydrostatic Body test

d. Torque test at operating Head

Dimensional Check e.

f.



Important Dimensions shall be checked with reference to

approved GA drawing.

With the gate in closed condition 0.1 mm thick feeler

gauge should not pass through between seat facings.

13. Fluid flowing : Raw unscreened sewage. 14. Indicator on C.I. headstock to be provided for gate travel with

transparent / galvanized pipe hood and full scale and with additional mechanical stopnut on threaded stem.

15. Indicate number of hand wheel revolutions required to fully open the gate.

16. Wall guide brackets, bearings and coupling with housing shall be provided as per

site requirement and/or as per I.S-13349.

17. Gate Make : JASH/IVC/KIRLOSKAR/EARHARD

18. MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION

PART MATERIAL a) Gate frame, shutter, wall : Cast Iron FG

200 , IS-210 thimble, headstock, stem guide bracket, wedging device, stop nut, lifting mechanism, pedestal gear house and nuts.

b) Wedge, wedge facings, : Stainless Steel AISI-304 seating face/seat facings, flush bottom, seal retainer bar, stem coupling, fasteners, anchor bolts and nuts.

c) Flush bottom seal

d) Stem Nut & Lift Nut

e) All Fasteners &

bolts

f) Stem & stem extension

19. PAINTING a) Paint for gate

assembly stem guide brackets

b) Paint for headstock pillar

EPDM Rubber

LTB-2

Stainless Steel AISI-304

Stainless Steel AISI-304

and : Epoxy primer and Black Epoxy coal tar finish paint. Total finish paint thickness to be 250 microns.

: Epoxy gray.


SECTION 1

SPECIFICATION FOR WATER TREATMENT PLANT

1.1 OWNER’S CONCEPTS OF WORK The proposed tender for water treatment plant is being invited based on contractor ‘s own design. It is necessary to know for the intending bidder what is the owner’s concept of work, which has to be kept in mind while framing design.

1.2 THE PROPOSED WATER SYSTEM : This WTP covers the Bhanvad Town. It is proposed to Draw Water from Vartu-2 Dam and Sata sagar Dam after careful study & detailed investigation,

1.3 PROPOSAL: The proposed treatment plants is to be constructed at water works’ site having capacity of 3.50 MLD Conventional Water Treatment Plant and renovation of existing WTP of 2.00 MLD near vatru-2 Dam

Capacity of treatment works: Considering 20.00 hour pumping per day. All the

components of Filter plants should be designed considering 20% overload.

1.3.1 AERETOR :

Design flow Type of Aerator Space required Nos. of steps having 30 cm

Rise

1.3.2 INLET CHAMBER Detention time

G.L. proposed

Dia of inlet pipe

1 Min. for ultimate flow of as per data sheet Concept design provides tank required size. as per data sheet As

per design

1.3.3. RAW WATER CHANNEL WITH PARSHAL FLUME\FLOW ME ASURING DEVICES)

Velocity in the Raw : Not more than0.60 m/sec.

Water channel

Length of channel : 10.0 M. In concept design the Channel has been provided with required width in RCC.

as per above

Cascade Type.

0.03m2/m3/hr 5


PARSHALL FLUME: Flow Measurement :

Throat width of flume

A Parshall flume having accurate flow measuring arrangement is provide in the raw water channel,. The water from the parshall flume will be transmitted to a float chamber of size1M x 1m x 1m where a simple float operated flow measuring device will be fitted. As per design.

1.3.4 ALUM DOSING TANKS. Alum solution will be prepared in alum tanks located on the first floor of chemical house. Alum blocks would be store on Ground floor and alum will be lifted by a manually operated chain pulley block. Through mixing will be ensured by mechanical mixers. Water for the solution will be obtained from proposed overhead tank located near the chemical house. The alum solution this prepared will be fed through a float operated constant head tank just upstream of the flash mixers. The flash mixing will be done by mechanical mixers in the flash-

mixing chamber.

30mg/litres(average) 2(Two) As per design provided 3 Nos. tanks with 8 hours capacity. As per Tenderer’s design. The tanks are installed in chemical house on

first floor. The alum solution shall be administrated upstream of the flash mix through a constant head tank and flow meter shall be provided near the outlet of constant head alum tanks. 1.3.5 FLASH MIXING CHAMBERS:

One unit of full capacity to flash mixing chamber is proposed to be provided with motor driven mixers to ensure complete mixing of the alum dose in the raw water.

Design discharge : as per data sheet

Detention time : 40second

RPM of motor : 100rpm

The usual ration of impeller dia to tank dia 0.2 to 0.4

Tank height to tank dia ration 1:1 to 3:1

Alum dose :

No.of Tanks :

Volume of tanks with 5% connection :

Dimensions of each tank


CLARIFLOCCULATORS: Water mixed with alum will flow in to flocculation zone of clariflocculator through suitable size MS/CI pipe. A revolving plate type flocculate is proposed with lower and upper plates revolving in opposite direction. This method creates turbulence and good flock formation is the result. The flocculated water than comes into clarifier zone where setting takes place. The settled sludge is moved to the central sludge withdrawal pit by the scraper attached to the bridge. The settled water after prolonged detention is then collected in the peripheral launder channel through square holes in its wall, it should be provided as stipulated CPHEO Manual. The sludge is periodically withdrawn through a telescopic sludge withdrawal valve and is let in to the plant drainage net work. Inlet Pipe

Surface loading

Detention time of flocculate

Water depth in the tank

Free Board

Velocity of flow :

Total area of paddles

M.S. pipeline connecting from

flash mixer to clari- floculator

upto central way Power

consumption

G(Velocity Gradient) Outlet

velocity to clarifier Detention

time of clarifier Velocity of

water in outlet conduit

Weir loading up to

Bed slope Scrapper

velocity

Sludge outlet pie Suitable size CI/MS/CI pipe as per hydraulic design should be provided. Not more than 30

m3/m2/day

30 minutes

As per Agency’s design.

0.30 mt.

0.20 to 0.80 m/sec. 10 to 25% paddles of cross sectional area of tank Design of Paddles shall be given as per W.S.CPHEO/1991 Volume.

0.60 m/sec.

10 to 75 Sec.-1 0.15

to 0.25 m/sec.

2 hours and 30 minutes.

Not more than 00.35 mt’/sec.

300 m3/m2/day. 1:10

One revolution in 45 to 80 minutes. as per design M.S./CI flanged pipes up to sludge chamber and RCC NP2 up

1.3.6



to natural drain of length 500 m. Launder Area : If provided in side the

clarifier shall be subtracted to have net clarifier area. Wall between flocculator and clarifier shall be of RCC sludge recycling has not been envisaged. Adequate peripheral walk way with railing is to be proved for movement of personnel. The Half round bridge shall be of sturdy construction anticorrosive painted, with chequerred plate walk way for full width. The current system is to have rail and rotating wheels. 25% additional depth for the storage of sludge shall be considered for the design. Necessary bypass line from clariflocculator to clear water sump shall be provided.

20 % Sludge depth at the Flocculator (minimum) is to be provided. 1.3.7 FILTERS : In view of their performance and case in operation and maintenance, variable declining rate filters are preferred over conventional rapid sand filters with constant rate of flow. The problem with the filter is rate of flow controllers. These outlet controls are a constant cause of trouble line filter operation and hence the declining rate filters are preferred. The filter water under drainage system is made up of main central MS/CI pipe with connecting laterals. For backwash purpose air scouring is envisaged. Back wash water is to be obtained from Sump located in campus area.

Rate of filtration Back wash rate Air

scour rate Dia of wash water main

Dia of scour Main

Arrangement for wash water tank

4.8m3/m2/Hr.

0.60 m3/m2/Minute

45m3/m2 As per design Criteria Given Below As per design DI/CI pipe with branches

As per design Criteria Given Below



Bypass : Provided by pass arrangement for

Raw Water and settled water by pass for filter shall be provided by DI/CI pipeline. Necessary DI/CI pipe from filter bed to clear water sump shall be provides in length of 10 m & dia shall be as per design.

The standard rate of

filtration shall be adopted : 4.8m3/m2/Hr.

The minimum filter box depth shall be between 2.0 M to 4.0M including free board.

The number of filter beds may be calculated on the basis of following empirical formula.

Where N = No. of beds. : 2 N = Q/4.69

Q = Rate of filtration in m3/hr.

- However, minimum 3 Nos of beds shall be

provided.

- The entire area of filtration bed

may be normally sub divided into

smaller units each having individual area of about 20 to 30 m2. Beds are provided in even numbers only minimum No. of basis-2.

- The length/width ratio of filter bed shall be 1.25 to 1.33 to economies the under drain system.

- Sufficient residual head of filtered water sump should be available as per CPHEEO manual. The location of filtered water sump is

shown in contour map.

- The layer of sand is usually 60 to 70 cms. - Thesand depth shall be checked with help of following

formula

- (Qd3h)l= B x 29323

- Q = m3/m2/hr

- D = Sand size in mm

- L = Depth of bed in m.

- H = Terminal loss of head in m.

- B = Break through index 4 x 10-4to6 x

10-3to9 (Assume 4 x 10-4) The free board shall be at least 30 cms. The depth of water over sand top shall be minimum 2 m (Without free board).

For free falling rectangular through the discharge capacity Q in m3/s may be computed from the formula.

Q = 1.376 bh3/2



Q = flow in m3/Sec. B = Width or through in m. H = Water depth in m.



Air scour rate : 45 m/hr to 50mt/hr for about 5

minutes, In the design of under drain system

following criteria shall be adopted.

0. 3% filter bed area.

2 x Area of Orifices.

1.5 x Area of laterals. The perforations vary from 5 to 12 mm. In diameter and should be staggered at a slight angle to the vertical axis of pipe.

Necessary backwash arrangement shall be provided to maintain 10 to 12 m water column pressure above the under drains lines with provision of sluice valve and throttling valve as per the requirement. Manifold lines shall be of MS/CI/DI pipe or to provide RCC channel.

The laterals shall be of PVC/AC pipes of suitable size and pressure. The inlet and outlet control arrangement to RSF shall be designed to permit 100% over load for emergency occasion.

Shape, size and quality of filter sand shall satisfy the following norms. (a) Sand shall be of hard and resistant Quartz or quartzite and free of

clay fine particles soft grains and dirt of every description.

(b) Effective size shall be 0.45 to 0.70 mm. (c) Ignition loss should not exceed 0.7 percent by weight. (d) Uniformity coefficient shall not be more than 1.7 nor less then 1.3.

(e) Soluble fraction in hydrochloric acid shall not 5% weight.

(f) Silica content should be not less than 90%

(g) Specific gravity shall be in the range between 2.55 to 2.65.

(h) Wearing loss shall not exceed 3%. IS:8419(Part-1)1977 entitled filtration media sand and gravel may be referred for details.

1.3.8 DISINFECTION : Both pre and post chlorinating pressure feed type and gravity feed type respectively is recommended to achieve standard of residual chlorine in the treated water. The dose required is 3mg/lt. For post chlorination and 5 mg/lt. For pre chlorination. As the disaffection is of prime importance 100% stand by is provided for pre and post chlorination. Adequate storage capacity will be provided for storing Toners (excluding bottles in use) chlorine cylinders at one place and chlorine toners shall be provided by the contractor after all type of testing required for storage of chlorine gas.

1.3.9 CHEMICAL HOUSE & ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING : Aground plus one store structure adjoining to fitter house is proposed to provide store areas for storing.

Area of orifices

Area of laterals

Area of Manifold



Chemicals, alum dosing tanks, chlorine cylinders, chlorinators, office laboratory toilet block and control panel from having construction area of 150 m2 for ground floor and 120 m2 for first floor. A 1000 liter PVC tank shall be provided on toilet blocks and latrines with necessary pipes and valves. A separate provision for storage of chlorine cylinder having 100 m2 area with facility of 3 MT gantry girder with chain pulley block system shall be made.

1.3.10 BYPASS AND OTHER ANCILLARY WORKS : To enable maintenance cleaning of all water carrying pertaining structure it is proposed to provide by passes as under: CI/MS flange pipes or arrangement of channels shall be made in the bye pass arrangement from Stilling Chamber to Filter Bed and from Clariflocculator to clear water Sump. No Bye pass from Stilling Chamber to clear water sump shall be made. Separate system for carrying water from latrine and toilet is provided with disposal in septic tanks with absorption trench. For 10 persons requirement septic tank shall be provided as per its latest IS. All connecting lines are to be designed with 20% over loading.

1.3.11. PIPE LINE:

The design criteria for all pipe lines is as under:

(i) Pipeline from distribution box

Chamber to clear water sump as a

direct bypass with design flow

(+20% over load) capacity with

necessary valves

natural drain : As per design M.S.

and chamber. : As per design MS/CI/DI pipe.

(ii) Pure water pipe line from filter

house and to pure water sump : As per design suitable size of MS/CI/DI pipe.

(iii) By pass to clariflocculator : As per design suitable size of MS/CI/DI pipe. (iv)

By pass to filter : MS/CI/DI As pipe.

per design

(v) Back wash water main from wash water

tank to filter back wash tank on

chemical house

to filters. : as per design MS/CI/DI pipe with

sluice valve and throttling valve requirement. (vi) Disposal of wash water in to



flange pipe or required length up to sludgeoutlet chamber, may be provided from sludge chamber to natural drain suitable size R.C.C. N.P2.pipe of 500 mt. Length to be provided and laid.

Re-circulation of wash water is hereby deleted. The Agency has to provide 10.00 mts. Length of pipeline from the Filter Plant boundary upto clear water sump. If the distance of CWS is more than 10 mts. Length from the boundary of the Filter Plant, then the Department will bear/provide the pipeline for the length beyond 10 mts.

1.3 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS: Main control center for controlling operation of all motors in treatment works is provided in chemical house, suitable control and interlocking facilities shall be provided with local push button (ON-OFF) station for controlling, the drives locally, The chlorination room has weather proof and corrosion proof lighting fittings.

The internal electrical point wiring shall be concealed in PVC conduits. From the main control center 3 phase 4 wire 415 volts supply shall be made available to the derived through armored Aluminum conductor PVC cables of adequate rating. The meter control centers would house the starting/stopping equipment and indicating instruments. For drives up to 7.50 H.P. D.O.L. starter shall be used. For drives above 7.50 HP and below 20 HP star delta starters shall be used.

1.4 HYDRAULIC CAPACITY OF WORKS: The design flow is as per data sheet adequate free boards are required to be provided to enable 20% overloading of the plant. It is, clarified that except for filters, all conveyance pipes channels are to be designed for 120% of design discharge. In case of filters to cater for high rate filtration at a later date, the pipes channels under drainage system etc. to be designed for 100% overload for emergency occasion. Tenderers are requested to note that the plant is to be designed for round the clock operation. For back wash water, a elevated water tank is to be constructed by department at the location shown in layout plan which shall not include in this scope of work of this tender. Civil work, the scope of the work shall include supply delivery, erection and commissioning of all mechanical and electrical equipment for-

1. CI/MS/DI pipe line from inlet chamber to the clear water sump as a direct by pass with as per data sheet carrying capacity including necessary valves and necessary appetencies.



2. Inlet chamber of 1 minute storage capacity of as per data sheet with 20% overloading. 3. Raw water channel with flow measuring devices and partial flume minimum 10m length with

as per data sheet capacity 20% overloading one number from inlet chamber to flash mixer. 4. Flash mixing chambers for as per data sheet capacity plus 20% overloading one

number(Detention period 40 seconds). 5. MS pipe line from flash mixer to the clariflocculator of as per data sheet capacity with 20%

overload including necessary valve s and other appetencies. 6. Clariflocculator of as per data sheet capacity with sludge bypass arrangement up t o sludge

chamber. Detention period of classifier - 2 hours and 30 minutes. Also RCC NP2 pipeline from sludge chamber to the natural drain minimum 500 m. length and 2,00 MLD carrying capacity including necessary valve and other appetencies and chamber.

7. RCC channel of as per data sheet capacity from clariflocculator to filter plant. 8. Complete filter plant of rapid sand filter with wash water recalculation works in parallel with

common filtered water gallery to as per data sheet capacity (declined rate filter) including all controlling devices

9. Chemical house and administrative building with 205 m2 area of Ground floor 195 m2 area of first floor with alum closing tank and dosing devices

10. Wash water MS/CI/DI pipeline from filter to wastage water sump-1 No including necessary valves and other appetencies.

11. Recirculation of wash water is hereby deleted from the scope of work for the capacity below and upto 1000 Cu.M/hour. However, for Filter Plants having capacity of more than 1000 Cu.M./ hour, the Recirculation of wash water is kept in the scope of the work necessary arrangement shall be made..

12. MS/CI/DI pipeline of require size from waste water sump to inlet of raw water channel for re-circulation of wash water including necessary valves and other appetencies.

13. Pure water MS/CI/DI pipeline as per data sheet capacity from filter house to the clear water sump including necessary valves and other required appetencies.

14. Bypass line-from clariflocculator by pass MS/CI/DI pipeline of required size to enable maintenance and clearing of clariflocculator also filter bypass line of required size including necessary valves and other required Appurtenances.

15. Back wash water MS/CI/DI pipeline from suitable size from proposed back wash tank to filtration bed including necessary sluice valve and throttling valves.

16. All materials should be provided as per relevant IS standard.

17. All pipes shall be provided as per relevant IS standard with flanged end except sludge drain pipe. Sludge drain pipe should be RCC NP2 pipe.

18. All pipes valves machinery and electrical and mechanical equipments which requires for this work shall be inspected and certified by third party inspection authority as decided by Nagarpalika. Inspection charges will be reimbursed as per rate contract for accepted material by the department

19. Only duty inspected and accepted and certified material shall be brought on site. 20. The trial run-operation of the plant under actual working condition will be a period of One

month from the date of completion of all civil. Mechanical, electrical and laboratory construction and erection of all equipment The completion test shall be taken at the design flow plus 20 % overload. The training of the Nagarpalika Staff/Officers shall be during the 3 months trial run of the Filter Plant.

21. The contractor shall employ the required Engineer, Chemist, Technical staff, skilled labors, unskilled labors etc. for the maintenance and repairs and renovation, instruction and advise testing of raw water and treated water quality during the 3 month period of trial run and commissioning.

22. Water and electricity required for the construction and erection of works will be arranged by



the contractor at his own cost. If water/ power is available with the department and if the same can be spared to the Agency for construction, then the Department shall charge Rs. 4.00 per 1000 litres for the water supplied to the Agency and Rs. Rs.6.00 per Unit of power supplied to the Agency. This shall be entirely to the discretion of the Nagarpalika but not binding on the Nagarpalika

23. Chlorine store room for one month storage with necessary all required arrangement like platform, gentry weight measure devices, chain pulley block of 1 MT capacity etc.

WORKS ENVISAGED IN THE TENDER : The envisaged scheme of the specified works has been high lighted under design parameters with sufficient detail to illustrate the

conceptual arrangement The details given there in are for guidance of tenders. The contractor shall submit his lay out and schematic diagram.

1.6 RAW WATER QUALITY : Canal water from vatru-2 dam & Satsagar Dam will be main source of supply through out the year. The quantities of water from above dams were analyzed and found quite good. However it is expected that such quantities may not prevail at other times particularly during the monsoon. The analysis result available so far are submitted as under.

1.5



1.7 SETTLED WATER SUPPLY :

The settled water quality will normally be up to flowing standard. Turbidity :

Notexceeding 10 NTU.

Suspended solids : Not

exceeding 8 mg/i.In extreme conditions during monsoon when the raw water turbidity changes rapidly which may be around about 2000 NTU the above figures may in practice may exceeds, depending upon the speed or response of operators making adjustment in alum dosage. The purpose of testing however, the filters should receive above quality of settled water.

1.8 TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS: It should be ensured by intending tenderers that the scheme of treatment is designed to give adequate operational flexibility. During the works performance

TEST REPORT Sr. No.

Characteristic Permissible Value as per IS:10500/1991

Analytical Value of given Sample

Desirable Limit

Relax able in absence of alternate

source

1. Colour, Hazen Units 10.0 25.0 Colourless

2. Odour Unobjectionable Odourless

3. Turbidity, NTU 5.0 10 0.10

4. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 500 to 1500 2000 242.0

5. pH Value 6.5 to 8.5 — 8.10

6. Total Hardness (As CaCO3)mg/L

300 600 170.0

7. Calcium (as Ca)mg/L 75 200 —

8. Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 30 100 —

9. Chlorides (as Cl) mg/L 250 1000 259.10

10. Sulphates (as SO4) mg/L 150 400 40.0

11. Nitrates (as NO3) mg/L 45

100 12.60

12. Flourides (as F) mg/L 1.0 1.5 0.57

13. Nitrites (as NO2) mg/L Nil Nil Nil

14. Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/L 250 600 190.0

15 Ammonical - N mg/L Nil Nil Nil

16 Residual Chlorine mg/L 0.2 0.5 Nil



test and trials, the contractor will be required to demonstrate and optimize performance abilities of the works.

1.9 GUARNTEE OF FINAL TREATED WATER: The table-1 gives Indian standard and international standard of drinking water.

TABLE - 1

Sr.

No.

Parameter Indian Standards International Standard

Acceptable Cause for rejection


1 Turbidity (NTU) 2500

10000 5000 25000

2 COLOUR(On pt.Co-Scale)

5.00 25.0 5.0 5.

3 Taste Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectiona ble

4 Odour Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectiona ble

5 PH 7.00 6.50 to 9.00 7.00 to 8.50 6.50 to 9.20

6 Total dissolved solids (mg/l)

500.00 1500.00 500.00 1500.00

7 Total hardness (mg/las CaCO3)

200.00 600.00 100.00 500.00

8 Chlorides (Kg/l as Ci) 200.00 1000.00 200.00 600.00

9

Sulphate (mg/l as SO4) 200.00

400.00 100.00

400.00

10 Fluorides (mg/I as F)

45.00 1.500 0.60

1.70

11 Nitrates (mg/I as No3)

45.00 45.00 45.00 45.00

12 Calcium 75.00

200.00 75.00

200.00

13 Magnesium (mg/I 30.00 150.00 75.00 200.00



as Mg++ If there are 250 mg/I of sulphates mg.content can be increased to 125mg/l

If there are 250 mg/I of sulphates mg.content can be increased to 125mg/l

14 Iron (mg/l as Fe) 0.100 1.000 0.100 1.00 15 Manganese mg/l as Mn. 0.050 0.500 0.0500 0.500

16 Copper(mg/l as Cu.)

0.050 1.500 0.50 1.50

17 Zinc(mg/l as Zn) 5.000 15.000 5.00 15.00

18 Phenolic (mg/l as phenol)

0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002

19 Anionic detergents (mg/l as MBAS)

0.200 1.000 0.200 1.00

20 Mineral oil (mg/l) - - 0.10 0.300

21 Arsenic mg/l as As) 0.050 0.050 - 0.050

Sr.

No.

Parameter Indian Standards

International Standard


Acceptab le

Cause for rejection

22 Cadmium (mg/l1 as Cd) 0.010 0.010 -

0.010

23

Chromium (mg/l as Cr)

0.50 0.50 - -

24 Cyanides 0.040 0.0050 - 0.050

25 Lead (mg/l as CN) 0.100 0.100 - 0.100

26 Selenium (mg/l as Sc) 0.10 0.10 -

0.100

27 Mercury (Total)(mg/l as mg)

0.001 0.001 -

0.001

28 Polyncular aromatic hydrocarbons (PHA mg/l)

0.200 0.200 0.200

29 Gross alphe Activity 3 3 3 3

30 Gross Beta activity(Pcl/1)

30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00

31 E.-coli count 0 0 0 0 32 Coliform organisms

(per 1000 ml) 0 10 Should not be detected in

any 2 consecutive sample

Should not be detected in any 2 consecutive sample



SOURCE :

1) Manual on water supply and treatment "Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization, Ministry of Works and Housing, New Delhi-1979.

2) CPHED Manual latest Addition, the criteria should be provided. 3) International standard for drinking water world health organization Geneva, latest

addition). TREATED WATER QUALITY: 1.9.1 In general the treated water from the plant shall be consistently as per the following

standards.

Colour (on pt.Ce.Scale) Turbidity

Suspended solids Mg/l

Taste

Odour

Coliform organisms Free chlorine mg/l After 30 min.

contact

TESTING: 1.9.2. During trials however, the turbidity to be achieved, should be less than 1.00 NTU since the plant

designed for this requirement will be able to produce water of acceptable standard even if adequate operating condition cannot be guaranteed continuously. The contractor shall at his own cost undertake the necessary sampling and testing to prove that the treated water conforms to the foregoing standards. If the tests show that the water quality has not been reached to specified levels, the contractor shall submit his proposals for meeting guarantee requirements to the Engineer. The contractor shall have to carry out at his cost whatever measures. Such as improvements. Additions, alterative or additions to the plant and equipment (Civil, electrical, mechanical works) that are required to be taken to achieve specified water quality. No charge will be levied to the contractor for water used during testing However. Energy charges will be charged at actualizes. All bidders are requested to furnish hydraulic design calculations along with technical bid white submitting the tender.

Not exceeding 5.

Less than 2 NTU

Not exceeding 1

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Absent

Not less than 0.4.



SECTION- 2 : GENERAL NATURE AND THE PURPOSE OF THEW ORKS The owner is to construct a water treatment works located at Main Head Works, for Bhanvad Town, Dist. Jamnagar, in the State of Gujarat, India. The design capacity of the work is as per data sheet. The treated water is intended for distribution to the three zones covered under the project. The treatment facilities shall continually and reliably process water by chemical coagulation with Aluminum Sulphate, flocculation and sedimentation, filtration and final disinfections with chlorine.

ACCESS TO SITE :

Access to the works are within the Gujarat state.

EXTENT OF THE WORKS :

The work shall comprise the following :

DETERMINATION: The work of design and determination to the Engineer’s satisfaction and within the specified criteria and parameters of the most suitable and economic means of treating raw water at rate of as per data sheet to produce a potable supply. The work shall include the determination of at

least -

(i) The chemical and physical treatment process required to produce potable water conforming with the quality set out in clause 2.6.2 and required to separate out waste product. The water quality leaving the works shall be guaran teed by the contractor.

(ii) The exact form, dimensions and water surface levels of all tanks, chambers, conduits, dust, pipes, hoppers etc. which are required for the complete treatment process.

(iii) The machinery equipment, electrical apparatus, instruments, controls, monitoring and quality controls required for the complete treatment process and associated pumping plant.

(iv) The dimensions and levels of all pipes and channels required for the transfer of raw water, water under treatment, treated water, chemical solutions, waste waters, waste products sludge’s and over flows within the works.

(v) The arrangement for the receipt, storage and handling of the chemicals required for the treatment process including preparation, fixing and the exact form, number and size of daily stock containers, and the machinery, pipes and equipment, and the control and the metering, conveyance, application and injection and mixing into the process of the chemicals, including the machinery, tanks and arrangements necessary to optimize the physical and chemical treatment process.

(vi) The equipment required to remove sludge and other wastes, chemicals, products or by products from the works or the water being treated.

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.3.1



(vii) The instrumentation and arrangements required for the control of the treatment process and the

measurement of the pressures, flow rates & other qualities of the water being treated.

(viii) A suitable arrangement of alarm indicators to indicate malfunctioning of any part of the treatment works.

(ix) The arrangements required to monitor the water quality from the canal, throughout the treatment process and within the distribution system.

(x) The spare parts, tools, equipment, materials, and procedures required to maintain the process plant and installations, and the arrangements required on site to implement and operate a preventive maintenance system for the works both during and after the expiry of the maintenance period.

2.3.2 SUPPLY :

The supply of the plant necessary to carry out the materials and the treatment determined under clause 2.3.1 and within the specified design criteria and parameters.

The Plant shall include the supply of the items and the work required for at least :

(i) The reception and control of pumped raw water flows at the works inlet and the flow handling, control of the water within the process.

(ii) Clariflocculation.

(iii) Back wash waste water arrangement.

(iv) Disinfections.

(v) Metering of flows.

(vi) Waste disposal.

(vii) Chemical reception, storage & application. (viii) Sampling, monitoring, quality control and laboratory furnishings and equipments.

(ix) Testing and commissioning.

(x) Supply service water.

(xi) Painting and protection of the process plant and equipment. (xii) Provision of spare parts and the establishment of a preventive maintenance system.

Spare parts for equipment of India and foreign make shall be for 24 and 48 months requirements respectively.

(xiii) Supervision of operation and maintenance of the works for continuous 4 months training period following the first commissioning period. The word "supply” ( or provide ) as contained in this specification shall include the manufacture, insurance, purchase and acquisition of the plant, testing before dispatch, packaging and protection, delivery to site, storage on site and erection and installation, painting, testing when construction, erected and installed, commissioning and providing all skilled and unskilled personnel, together with all the tackle, tools, power light, transport and other items or supplies necessary for the complete installation and the execution of the work required and the supervision of the work.

The contractor shall include the supply of all inter-connecting pipe work, valves, fittings, hardware fixing etc. which are required in advance for building into structure.

2.3.3 COMMISSIONING OF THE WORKS :

The trial run and operation of the plant under actual working conditions will be for a period of three (3) months from the date of completion. The commissioning and maintenance period shall includes at least one rainy season and after passing over rainy season trial and obtaining required standard results during the above trial rainy season is compulsory. In case of scarcity



year the trials may be taken in next rainy season. The completion test shall taken over the design flow plus 20% overload.

2.3.4 TRAINING OFFICERS :

Following the commissioning period, there shall be a continuous period of 3 months duration during which period, the contractor shall provide works, training officers whose sole duties shall be to guide the owner on the operation & maintenance of the treatment process and to instruct on a full time basis, the owner’s staff for the operation and maintenance of the works, the cost of contractor incl. the mechanical, electrical and chemical plant & the instruments system. The officer shall also be required to extend his attention, advice and instruct to the maintenance of water quality within the distribution system, served from the works (bacteriological) and chemical monitoring and maintenance).

2.3.5 CHEMIST :

In addition the contractor shall provide a treatment works chemist to work in the works laboratory for one month during the commissioning period and for two months period during the training period one of which shall cover the starting of the monsoon period.

2.3.6 CONTRACTOR'S OWN STAFF TO BE PROVIDED :

The training officer & the chemist provided shall be drawn from the contractor’s permanent staff & shall either be fluent in English language or accompanied by qualified technical translators.

2.3.7 PROVISION OF DOCUMENT :

The provision of at least following should be made by the contractor in the scope of his design

(i) All drawings and designs, including structural design and other detailing of the civil Engineering and the building works necessary for the operation, support and protection of the plant.

(ii) Process diagrams, electrical wiring diagrams, cable diagrams and instrumentation diagrams for the works.

(iii) Five copies of an instrumentation manual for the plant in English containing complete description of all items and advice and instructions for their operation, setting and use, their maintenance and overhaul.

(iv) One set of dyeline transparencies (on plastic film) and three sets of linen prints of record drawings showing the general & detailed arrangement of the completed treatment works.

(v) Sets of strongly bound loose leaf record books containing operating log sheets in duplicate (Providing one tear off and one carbon copy) sufficient for four years records, printed on a form be approved by the Engineer.

(vi) A works maintenance schedule, work cards and complete spare parts documentation for the plant.

(vii) Any other documents, drawings and notices required for implied by this specification or necessary for the satisfactory construction, erection, commissioning, testing and operation of the plant.

2.4 DESIGN OF THE WORKS :

The contractor shall be entirely responsible for the detailed design of the treatment works including civil and structural design for the duties specified to achieve the water quality standard specified in clause 2.6.2 In addition, he shall provide with his tender detai led drawings as specified showing the arrangement of th e plant and equipment offered. The design flow rates shall be as sent in clause 2.5 Design standards shall accord with the best modern practices and shall facilitate satisfactory operation, inspection, maintenance and lubrication of the work. The process, the plant or any item of equipment may be of the contractor’s standard design only providing that it is generally in accordance with the



specification in intent and purpose.

2.4.1 INDIAN DESIGN MANUAL :

The contractor’s attention is directed to current Indian Design codes of practice & the Manual on water supply & treatment, latest Edition 1991 prepared by the Export Committee & published by the Ministry of Works and Housing, New Delhi, India.

The contractor should refer the CPHEO Manual latest edition, criteria prevail.

2.4.2 CONCEPTUAL DESIGN :

The specification sets out the design criteria, which the contractor shall adopt for the works and includes a conceptual design of the works which tendering contractors should consider as setting out the basis of the requirement. Tenderes are required to adhere to the general type of unit process specified for the works but are at liberty to offer their own particular version of the process or the equipment to meet the specified performance. The requirement for the main process & auxiliary installation is set out in order to ensure that all tenders provide the minimum of facilities required in the works & to ensure that tenderes are competing on the same basis, with provision to enable any one tenderer to offer the owner the benefit of this own particulars experience as applied to the conventional treatment process envisaged.

Provision is made to enable tenderers to submit their own competitive offer should they consider that they have a particular appropriate & well proven unit (process which could be advantageous to the owner). The envisaged scheme of the works is set out in the specification.

WORKS FLOW RATES :

The flow rates are given in this specification for the works are the nominal output ratings which shall be referred to as through puts. During the design supply, erection, testing and commissioning of the works the contractor shall adopt the following flow rates.

i) All hydraulic structures as per data sheet.

ii) All transmission systems that is pipes, channels, wires etc. with 20% over loads.

WATER QUALITY :

As an essential & integral part of the contract, the contractor shall guarantee, as set out in the form of tender, to design, supply & set to operate chemical, physical and bacteriological treatment process of the raw water.

RAW WATER QUALITY :

The Dam water quality has to be sampled and analyzed. The Dam water will be main source of supply to the proposed plant.

The contractor’s attention is particularly drawn to the seasonal variation in water quality and the occasional peaks of turbidity & suspended solids concentration.

REQUIRED TREATED WATER QUALITY :

The treated water from the plant shall be consistently reliable with a demons ratable quality standard not less than :

i) The acceptable water quality standard prepared by the Indian Expert

Committee and as set out in the ‘Manual on Water Supply & Treatment, Third edition 1999 (an extract from this standard is given in Section-2 , Page No. 13 )’.

2.5

2.6

2.6.1

2.6.2



A) A physical and chemical standard for 95% of all samples taken

Color : Not greater than 5 Hazen units

Turbidity : Not greater than 2 N.T.U

Suspended Solids : Not greater than 1.0 mg/l

Aluminum (As al) : Not greater than 0.15 mg/l.

Taste : Unobjectionable up to a temp. of 65 0C

Odour : Unobjectionable up to a temp. of 65 0C

Free chlorine : Not less than 0.4mg/l after 30 min. contact.

Appearance : Clear and sparkling.

B. Bacteriological ( and disinfections) for all samples taken (100% occasions). No Coliform organism shall be detectable in 100 ml.

samples following post chlorination for 30 effective minutes in a contact tank with a final free chlorine residual of 0.4 mg/l. The minimum residual shall only apply if laboratory tests show it to be possible to achieve this level.

C. STABILITY : Water to be non-aggressive to the pump steel and cast iron pipe work within the treated water distribution system.

The Contractor shall at his own cost undertake the necessary sampling and testing to prove that the treated water conform to the foregoing requirem ents. After consultation with the contractor, the sampling procedure shall be as directed by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the commissioning of the works, should the contractor have any particular requirements regarding the sampling points, intervals and procedures he should set them out clearly in his tender submission.



SECTION - 3

DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

3.1 OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION The contractor shall, as an integral part of the contract, supply detailed documentation & working drawings of the process and the equipment to be supplied by him and to provide the Engineer with copies as soon as practicable and at least within the specified periods and further to provide and assist the Engineer or the owner with any design calculations, other information or data relating to problem arising from the design or supply of the process or the mechanicals or electrical plant. The contractor shall supply all the documentation & drawings tested or implied in the section or elsewhere in the specification. Approval by the Engineer or his representative of the contractor’s design, drawings, calculations, or equipment shall not relieve the contractor of any of his contractual responsibility or obligations. All drawings should be invariably signed by the contractor and design Engineer.

3.2 FORMAT LANGUAGE AND UNITS: The language on all documents shall be in English. Units of measurement in the documents, on the drawings & the submissions shall be in (S.I) metric units Tenderer’s specification shall include a comprehensive discussion on and justification of the equipment offered, its suitability and performance and purpose. For some specific reason if the contractor wishes to omit any specified items of plant or if the plant offered does not comply with the specified requirements of design or construction, special departures from this specification may be permitted provided it is included in the contractor’s tender submission and in this instance the contractor’s tender submission and in this instance the contractor shall fully justify the departure quoting the relevant clause in each case. Maker’s standard general specifications may be submitted in regard thereto, but such specifications will not be accepted as justification or in lieu of the schedule above mentioned in respect of any departures from this specification. Unless specifically mentioned in the contractor’s TENDERSPECIFICATION, items of plant and equipment omitted in the Tenderer’s specification but required contractor at his own expense. If any item so omitted is subsequently shown during the testing or commissioning or operation of the works to be required for satisfactory operation or paper or to the metric All size (560 x 810 mm) and shall be titled, cross referenced and fully explanatory with the contractor’s name, date, scales etc. Additionally each drawing shall contain the following title at the bottom of right hand corner :

WATER TREATMENT PLANT.

Each drawing shall contain a space within a title strip for recording revisions and a space for the Engineer’s approval ( a blank rectangle 120 x 50 mm).

3.3 TENDER DETAILS : The description of the plant and equipment required for each of the processes as shown in the schedule of prices, is in outline and intended only to provide information on the cost of individual sections and processes. The contractor shall submit the following :



3.3.1 TENDERER’S SPECIFICATIONS : The contractor shall submit with his tender, detailed and substantialspecification in triplicate giving full particulars of the various parts of theproposed process and the plant. The particulars there given together with this specification will be binding upon the contractor and must not be departed performance the contractor shall provide the item or rectify the deficiency at his own expense. The tenderer’s specification shall be fully comprehensive and shall describe and specify in full the treatment process and each individual item of plant and equipment offered. It shall state the function of each unit, the duty required, describe the ability of the unit of satisfy the requirement, the materials of construction and the speeds, powers, quality, finished etc. and performance met. It shall include the electrical plant, the cabling and instrumentation. The surface loading, capacities, velocities, throughout rates, inflowrates, outgoing rates, levels, power, rating, voltages, currents, diameters and specified as appropriate for each unit of the process andeach item of mechanical electrical plant.

3.3.2 CALCULATIONS : Triplicate copies of chemical,.process and hydraulic calculations for the plant shall be submitted with the tender. They shall fully embrace the range of flow rates & raw water conditions that are likely to occur on site. Pumping plant calculations required shall include the pumping curves, the system curves, section conditions viscosities etc. Pipe head loss calculations shall include consideration of the hydraulic energy losses in bends, fittings, exists, entries etc. & shall account for conditions both when the pipes are in new & in old condition.

3.3.3 SCHEDULE FOR PLANT : The contractor shall prepare and submit with his tender acomprehensive set of performance, technical and cost schedule. Performance schedules shall give all pertinent operational data for each assembly of plant i.e. Flash Mixer, clarification plant, Filter installation, Chemical Dosing and/or any alternative units offered. Individual data shall also be provided in the technical schedules for all major plant i.e. pumps, Air blowers, Dosing pumps, and any such equipment, cost schedules shall be given in the Bill of Quantities.” A schedule showing the manufacturers of the each component shallalso be provided.

3.3.4 TENDER DRAWING : The contractor shall submit with his tender quadruplicate sets of drawings, which shall include:

(I) Plants showing the layout of the treatment works to suitable metric scales and drawings to show the arrangement and working details of all the process, electrical mechanical plant and equipment offered. (Contractors are also invited toinclude general artist’s impression of the works if theyconsider it would assist the owner in appraising their offer.)

(II) A schematic line diagram of the complete works including all chambers, structures, tanks, pumps, pipelines, valves, standby equipment control lines. The diagrams shall embrace chemical feeds, flushing line, drains, sample points, Dosing points, and give all capacities and diameters.



(III) Hydraulic gradients through the works showing the d esign hydraulic level at the peak design flow rates. :

Reference shall be made on the drawings to the source of the various losses contributing to the fall in hydraulic level through out the plant.

(IV) Plants and sectional elevations showing the access headroom, loadings, forces to be resisted and erection clearances required for and around the various items of plant that are proposed for installation in the works. They shall show the General Arrangement and details of all channels, dusts, storage tanks, loading ramps, conveyors, cable ducts and the size and position of all openings, support plinth, pipe work runs, dusts drainage.

(V) General Electrical Cable diagrams and instrumentation drawings. (VI) Plans and sectional elevations , design, criteria and any other

information necessary for detailed calculations of Civil and structural design.

3.3.5 DETAIL DRAWINGS : Within two months of the date of acceptance of the tender, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer Ten copies of a set of drawings repeating the information given in the tender drawings incorporating any modifications approved by the Engineer in charge and completing the detailed civil design and constructing drawings for the works. The details drawings shall include at least

- The final dimensions and location of all box outs opening, plinths, fixings, fittings, flanges, mounting step ladders etc.

- The final dimensions and exact location of all the items of plant. - (Panels, pumps, mixers, valves, motor control centers,

distribution boards etc ). - Details of internal and external surface finishers, protective

coating and linings. - Final electrical diagrams, cable runs, lighting arrangements, instrumentation and

power points. - The final working drawings to proceed with the civil construction

work.

3.3.6 COMPONENT AND SPARE DRAWINGS : Prior to the delivery of any item of plant of equipment to the treatment works, the contractor shall in triplicate submit to the Engineer for approval accurately detailed mechanical and electrical drawings, relating, thereto together with spare parts, tests references, drawings etc. for the plant. All the drawings of contractor used on site for erection, installation or construction of the works shall be submitted (Three copies) to the Engineer for approval. Any corrections required by the Engineer shall be incorporated as amendments. No drawings or amended drawings shall be used in any workshop, factory or for any other purpose unless the latest amendment has received the Engineer’s approval.

3.3.7 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS : Before the commencement of the Civil Engineering construction the contractor shall supply the Engineer with three sets of a paper prints of the contractor’s final drawings for the works in order that they can be examined. Following final approval by the Engineer the contractor shall supply the Engineer with a further five sets of line prints of the drawings.



3.3.8 MANUALS : The contractor shall deliver to the Engineer duplicate losses leaf copies of draft operational and maintenance manuals for the plant prior to its delivery to site. The manuals shall full and clearly set out the contractor own recommendations and instructions for the satisfactory operation and maintenance of the plant or equipment as applied to the Concerned Treatment Plant. The test or accompanying diagrams shall be in addition shown the electrical wiring, handling and erecting instructions. Draft manual shall, during the testing and commissioning of the works, be carefully checked by the contractor and updated and modified during the testing and commissioning periods to ensure that it is fully descriptive and applicable to the final process plant as installed and as found to be have under operational condition. No section of the works will be certified by the Engineer as complete unless this requirement has been met. The draft manual shall be in English and may be included manufacturer standard literature but the contractor shall fully supplement the literature by his own descriptive text explanations and drawings. Five copies of the final approval manual for the works shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the commencement of the maintenance period. They shall be security bound in A-4 size losses leaf binders. Clearly titled, indexed and cross referenced. The final manuals shall incorporate, instructions, recommendations and advance for the operations of the entire process covering the full range of raw water conditions. If during the maintenance period, the Engineer finds that the manual requires modification or enlargement as a result of subsequent operational and maintenance experience in the works, the contractor shall provide approved modifications for manual. The Manual shall include for the mechanical and electrical plant, procedures for at least :

- Lubrication, checking, calibration and adjustment of each item. - Attention at weekly, monthly or other intervals to ensure reliable trouble

free operation. - Complete overhaul, dismantling and reassembly, testing and re

commissioning. - The identification and selection of suitable lubricants, standardized

throughout the works identifying various Indian manufacturer’s suitable equivalents.

- Fault finding.

- Mixing adjusting and monitoring of chemical solutions and accurate dosing of chemicals in to the works process.

- Clearance the works, the plant and its components.

- Maintenance of protective coatings.

- Maintenance, works, performances and treated water quality. - Monitoring of water quality throughout the works including sampling

techniques, laboratory and reporting procedures. 3.4 MAINTENANCE SCHEME

The operation and maintenance instruction manual shall be supplemented by the supply of a comprehensive planned yearly maintenance programme for the water work operational mechanical and electrical maintenance staff. A wall chart or charts shall be provided covering a period of two year with coloured markers. It shall have vertical divisions in weeks and horizontal divisions



for each item for mechanical and electrical plant. The charts should give information regarding various continuous and day-to-day operations such as adjustment of alum dose through Jar Test results, back wash cycle for filters, adjustment of chlorine dose, step by step account of plant start up and shut down procedures, etc. The maintenance scheme shall be to the approval of the Engineer and shall be provided complete at the time of the handing over of the works. It shall have sufficient space for expansion if required to include any further routine work directed by the Engineer or advised by the Training Officer as a result of his experience at the time.

3.5 OPERATING LOG SHEETS : Record books shall be handed over to the Engineer in an approved form before the completion of the initial commissioning period in the works.

3.6 RECORD DRAWINGS : The record drawings shall be handed over to the Engineer within 6months of the date of the handing over the works. The record drawings shall be on best quality tracing paper (preferably on polyesters tracing papers). An amount of 0.5% (one half percent) will be kept in deposit from each bill till the completion of the entire work and will be released after the record drawings are submitted and approved by the Engineer- in-charge. After award of contract the hydraulic as well as structural design submitted by contractor should be submitted within 1 month to design circle through Chief Engineer for scrutiny and approval from the Superintending Engineer, GSECL, UKAI. Only after approval of design execution of work should be taken up. After scrutinized the design by design circle if there is any discrepancy of remarks raised by the design circle than it should be compiled by contractor within 10 days after issuing the letter from design circle GSECL, UKAI.

SECTION - 4 INLET WORKS

4.1 WORKS TO BE INCLUDED :

THE WORKS TO BE INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION SHALL COMP RISE AT LEAST THE FOLLOWING :

- A chamber in the inlet works structure to receive the incoming raw water.

- The flash mixing chambers for intimate powered disposal of the coagulant chemical (Aluminum Sulphate solution).

- An elevated channel to measure the inlet flows to theworks in corporation a flume approach section and energy recovery transition.

- A float operated rate of flow indicator.

- Over flows features for operational purpose.

_ In inlet works, i) Inlet chamber & ii) flush mixer should be included.

4.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS :

Tendering contractor’s attention is drawn to the drawings illustrating the conceptual design of this section of the works. The inlet works shall be arranged in reinforced concrete. The inlet works arrangements adopted in the conceptual design consist of inlet



chamber attached with one number of flash mixer with full capacity and mixing arrangement for sufficient disposal of coagulant in the body of water flows. The flash mixer is connected to the raw water channel by adjustable weir. The raw water channel accommodate a measuring flume. Approach section and energy recovery transition and finally connected to a clarification works with by-pass arrangements to permit the inlet flows to filtration works by-passing the clarification works.

4.3 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA : The inlet works shall be designed to :

- Pass and measure flow rates up to as per data sheet. for a normal throughout (Ultimate) and all transmission system like channels, pipes etc. up to amount for over loading to the extent of 20% on ultimate flow.

- Chemically coagulate the flows up to as per data sheet. - Achieve the optimum powered flash mixing required for treatment for

inlet flows at normal through of as per data sheet. .

4.4 EXTENT OF WORKS PROVIDED : Under this control, the complete inlet works shall be provided, including supplying all mechanical and electrical plant required gravity flow arrangement of total inlet works flows to existing inlet chamber.

4.5 INLET PIPE LINES CONNECTION AND INLET CHANNEL : The inlet pipe shall be as per design mm. in diameter (O.D.) commencing with a

connection to owner’s existing pipe diameter. The contractor shall also supply and

install a sluice valve for control of inlet flows on this pipeline.

The inlet pipe will discharge water in inlet chamber to be designed and

constructed as per detail given in data sheet.

4.6 INLET CHAMBER : The inlet chamber shall be provided as per design. The inlet chamber

shall have a detention time of 1 minute of design flow. It shall be also designed for

back wash water & 20% overload..

4.7 FLASH MIXER :

The conceptual design adopts inlet chamber and One no. flash mixer as a

combined unit. The inlet chamber shall perform function of receiving inlet flows

and also to serve as an inlet chamber for flash mixers. The exit from flash mixer

shall be into the measuring flume.

The flash mixing chamber shall be one in number each provided with full capacity

for a throughout rate of design flow. The minimum detention time for flash mixers

shall be 40 seconds and shall have a sufficient volumetric capacity. It shall be

circular in plan.

The flash mixing structure shall accommodate and provide the arrangements

necessary to receive the raw water from the inlet chamber at a throughout of

design flow. Dose aluminum Sulphate solution and immediately and violently

disperse the solution throughout the bulk of the water in a flash mixing chamber.

The arrangement shall include a weir inlet at upper level to receive raw water



flows from inlet chamber, inter-connection with flash mixing chambers.

Tenderingcontractors, may if they consider necessary or essential,

submitalternative design nearest to the flow adopted in the conceptual design.

The conceptual design provides one flash mixing chambers of full capacity with

submerged mixers, shaft driven from turbulent energy into the water at an

anticipated rate of KWH. Each unit operating single shall given reduced but

effective mixing. Tendering contractors shall justify any departure from this rate.

Aluminum Sulphate solution shall be dosed immediately adjacent to the flash

mixing devices. Dosing shall preferable by extended transparent pipeline up to

roof slab-level of flash mixing chambers to enable visual inspection of the does

rate to be made.

The contractor shall supply the mixing machines which shall be first class water

works standards with a design life of 30 years. They shall be top entry mixing

units safely supported at slab level from a cross and beam arrangement above

the mixing chamber. The mixing turbing shall be of four bladed axial flow type

located at one third the chamber depth (Above floor level). The drive shaft and

turbine bladed shall be manufactured in stainless steel. The shafts shall be not

less than 200 mm. dia meter or as per Contractor’s own design . The mixing

speed shall be 100 R.P.M. The driving motor shall be connected to the shaft

through a direct-coupled worm reduction gearbox reducing the speed from either

970 or 1400 R.P.M. The shaft shall be detachable above water level by means of

steel coupling with stainless steel bolts. The contractor shall take considerable

care in his mixer design and installation detailing into ensure that there is no

possibility of oil or grease leakage from the machine findings its way to the flash

mixing chamber.

The machine shall be provided with lifting eyes to facilities its withdrawal.

The flash mixing chamber shall be internally fitted with suitably arranged baffles

or fins to achieve optimization of mixing with rapid mixer and to minimize swirl in

the chamber. Baffles or fins shall be constructed in reinforced concrete.

4.8 ELEVATED CHANNEL WITH MEASURING FLUME : The elevated channel shall convey and measure at the inlet works flows from the

flash mixing chambers. The approach channel shall be straight, rectangular, fully

accessible, hydraulically open and of around

1.0 m. breadth. The length being defined as the distance between the down

stream edge of the second flash mixing diameter and the tapping point for

measurement of the flume head. The flume section shall be symmetrical and

rectangular, throated with two side contractions to produce a parshall flume

design. It shall be in accordance with designs suggested in the "Manual on

sewerage and sewage treatment” of CENTRAL P.H. and Environment Engineering

Organization, Ministry of Works and Housing, New Delhi.

Measuring accuracy of the completed installation sh all be within 5% for the

throughout of design flow L/Sec. and it shall regis ter flows accurately upto 20%

more than design flow The contractor shall pay particular attention to the

operating tail water depths, to surface finishers and the tolerances required by his



design. The head on the flume shall be measured via tapping pipe at channel

invert level, located for enough upstream to be clear of the flume sections draw

down but near enough to the flume to ensure minimum energy loss of the flume

contraction. The pipe shall feed an adjacent float chamber, 1.00 m. x 1.00 mt. in

plan with invert level below the flume throat floor. The float chamber shall be laid

to fall to a 100 mm. diameter drainage outlet. A 200 mm. dia. Hand operated

flanged valve shall be provided on the float chamber inlet and an 100 mm. valve

on the outlet drainage pipes. The valves shall be readily accessible and

convenient to operate.

4.9 RATE OF FLOW INDICATOR : A float operated of flow instrument with indicator shall be provided and mounted

within a pedestal type cabinet over one half of the float chamber.

4.10 CLARIFIER FEED FLOW :

The design rate of flow for clarifier shall design LPS. The clarifier feed pipe shall

be of suitable diameter with a controlling sluice valve.

4.11 CLARIFIER BY PASS : The clarifier by-pass shall be suitable diameter pipeline with a sluice valve that

shall convey water from the inlet works, partial flume or rectangular weir to the

common settled water influent channel for filtration. The by-pass shall be designed for an operational capacity of Design flow. with a peak capacity of 20% over load design capacity

L/sec.

4.12 ARRANGEMENT AND ACCESS AROUND INLET WORKS : The inlet works shall be designed with operational convenience and shaft safety

in mind. Elevated walk ways shall be arranged for ease of pedestrian access

around the mixing chamber to the mixing equipment motor and gear box along

one side of the elevated channel and around all head stocks, controls etc.

Chambers shall be arranged for ease of internal access and visual inspection of

all flow and processes. Full triple rail hand railing will be arranged around all

elevated walk ways in this section of the works.

Access and inspection paths within the walks ways shall be covered with open means. Flooring pedestrian walkways shall be minimum 1.0 m. broad. An access stair way shall be provided to ground level from the walkways. Access to internal chambers or channels greater than

1.2 m. deep shall be by step irons but step iron shall not in the flume section.

SECTION - 5 CLARIFLOCCULATION WORKS

5.1 WORKS TO BE INCLUDED : The works which are to be included by the contractor this section of the treatment process shall comprise at least the following :

- The design and necessary arrangement for the "Clari- flocculator” to flocculate, settle and decant the coagulated water from the inlet works.



- The design and necessary arrangement for the control removal by gravity of the settled sludge from the clariflocculator and the waste product.

- The design and necessary arrangement to drain down the clarifiers and provide a facility to scour the sludge withdrawal, under higher head.

- The design and necessary arrangement for the uniform collection of settled water from the clariflocculator and its delivery to the filter battery for filtration.

- The supply and installation of clariflocculator.

5.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS : The clariflocculator shall be designed entirely in reinforced concrete. The tank shall be arranged to suit the works flow path, convenience of operation and effective maintenance of structure and equipment. The task shall be disposed minimize hydraulic losses and to achieve optimization of performance. Separate zones for flocculation and sedimentation shall be provided.

5.3 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA AND PERFORMANCE

GUARANTEE :

The clarification works shall be designed to :- - Continually clarify the water for filtration and meet the performance standards

with a unit flow rate of design flow as per data sheet during monsoon period and during commissioning period fair weather trials, clarify higher rates of flow.

- Efficient removal of waste products from the process with minimum water loss. - The contractor shall guarantee that following chemical coagulation for the

monsoon quality raw water, the water leaving the sedimentation tank shall comply with the following 95% occasions.

- Turbidity : Notgreaterthan 10 NTU

Suspended : Not

greater than 10 Mg/l. solids.

Total aluminium : Not greater than 0.5 mg/l depending on the laboratory treatment tests.

The test results indicating non-achievement of water quality shall make modifications in mechanical or electrical or chemical works in order to achieve the specified quality to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.

5.4 CLARIFLOCCULATION PROCESS : The clarification process designed, offered and supplied by the contractor shall achieve flocculation, sedimentation and decantation in the self-contained circular tank. The process shall not include a sludge blanket, solids re-circulation facility or any other process to enhance the performance of the self contained unit.

The clariflocculator shall be provided with the following :

- An inlet freed pipe to the clarifier center.

- A central, mechanically agitated flocculation zone. - Around the flocculator an upward flow annular sedimentation zone



where in the sludge shall get settled to the floor of the annular zone floor for scraped clearance.

- Decantation of settled water uniformly from the surface of the sedimentation zone by launders to the filter battery.

5.4.1 PERMITTED VARIATION IN THE CLARIFLOCCULATION STAGE : Tendering contractors are informed that the clarification arrangement specified herein has been well proven in India. And many similar clarification works are operating successfully and maintained satisfactorily even in rural areas. The tendering contractors may offer their own design of the clarifier type outlined in this section meeting the general requirements and specifications given for the works, its commencements, performance and standards, wherever possible.

5.4.2 ALTERNATIVE CLARIFLOCCULATION PROCESSES : If the contractor wishes he may submit an additional offer, his own alternative design for the clarification works, if necessary, the contractor shall also include full details of his amended design of the inlet works to fulfill the requirements of his alternative design for the same.

5.5 CLARIFLOCCULATOR DESIGN : The clariflocculator shall be design to the following criteria

30 minutes detention period at a flow rate of design flow as per data sheet.

3.5 mt.

0.2 to 0.4 m./sec.

Flocculator supplied with paddle

agitators of substantial construction and designed to achieve an internal maximum "G” = 10 to 75 Sec. -1

Flocculation zone

Depth of tank

Velocity of floc

Flocculation

Agitation



Flocculator : Total area of paddles shall be 10 to 25% of

cross sectional area of tank. Design of paddle shall be given as per W.S. CPHEO 1991 volume. To be adjusted suitably as per scope of work and design.

Zone separation

Outlet velocity

Sedimentation

Surface loading

Sedimentation zone

detention period

Sedimentation : Zone

dimensions :

Decanting weirs

loading

Sludge collection

Sludge withdrawal :

Extra depth for :

FLOCCULATION ZONE : Flocculation zone shall be circular 30 minutes detention & be sedimentation

zone. Distinct isolation by a circular concrete wall of the flocculation and sedimentation zones. 0.15 to 0.25 M/Sec.of settling tank. The ports for the entry of flocculated water shall be sized and arranged to give steady and uniformly distributed flows in the sedimentation zone, to avoid the break down of flocks. Shall not be more than 30

m3/m2/day based on the net open surface area of sedimentation zone. The area occupied by decanting weirs shall not be included in the net effective open surface area. : 2 hours & 30 minutes.

3.5 mt. water depth.

Floor slope not greater than 1:10 for scrapped sludge transit to center.

Maximum loading of 300 m3 per meter per day. By single arm scraper hung from an overhead rotating bridge and driven by an outer perimeter motor driven steel wheel traction unit on a peripheral circular steel rain (Rubber typed machine arenot preferred). By telescopic draw of valve. The sludge draw off pipes shall be at least 300 mm. diameter. 25% of the total designed depthsludge collection.

in plan, with a volumetric capacity of substantially separate from the5.6



The zone separation wall shall be in reinforced concrete, supported from the tank base in columns or a supporting wall.

ZONE ENTRY : The flows in the flocculation zone shall be dispersed and there shall not be any short circulating in the retention to ensure an even distribution of flows. The inlet pipe will feed the central vertical reinforced concrete diffuser column outlet ports.

SCRAPED SLUDGE REMOVAL : Adequate means of continuous sludge removal from flocculator floor is envisaged. Double arm type center torque driven machines are illustrated in the conceptual arrangement shown on the drawings.

AGITATION : A continual treatment process agitation shall be provided in the flocculation zone to ensure satisfactory flow formation and preservation for subsequent sedimentation. The GUT values shall be in a suitable (50,000 to 12,000 to suit the raw water characteristics, behavior flow rates at all times. The design shall achieve the agitation by internal hydraulic sheet induced either between rotors and stators or between opposing rotational elements. If individual paddle assembles are provided, they shall be static mounted from a concrete platform and there shall be at least four such units in each flocculator. If individual rotating paddlesmounted from a bridge are offered, they shall be of a very study design. The contractor shall include full details of his proposed flocculation machinery with his tender along with detailed drawings, energy calculations, also the range of rotational and tip speeds proposed. The peripheral speed of paddle shall be between 0.15 to 0.60 m/sec.(One revolution in 45 to 80 minutes).

SLUDGE REMOVAL : In consideration to the design and raw water conditions. The arrangements for continual removal of settled solids from the flocculator base may be provided, if necessary.

SEDIMENTATION ZONE ENTRY : The sedimentation zone entry arrangements shall be specifically designed to preserve the size and settling characteristics of previously formed flocs. Entry ports shall not creates turbulence and keep the entering water free from hydraulic currents induced by the flocculating machinery. Flows through the entry ports shall be radial and well distributed in the entire sedimentation zone. Hydraulic flows in the sedimentation zone shall be at low level with velocities between 0.15 to 0.25 mt./sec. Contractor shall specifically state these requirements with their calculations in their submissions.

5.6.1

5.6.2

5.6.3

5.6.4

5.6.5



SEDIMENTATION ZONES : Sedimentation zone shall be circular in plan with upward flow arrangements and have a total net surface area in order to limit the

design surface loading to 30 m2/day. The settling sludge shall fall to the floor for scraped collection and clarified settled water decanted into collecting launders.

FLOOR SLOPE : The sedimentation zone floor shall radially fall to the center at a slope not more than 1:10.

SIDE WALL DEPTH : The minimum outer side wall depth shall not be less than 3.5 m. from working top water level to the point of intersection of vertical internal surface of the outer tank wall with that of the finished tank floor.

LAUNDERS : Launders shall be constructed in reinforced concrete, either attached to the perimeter wall or suspended within tank. The Launder arrangement shall minimized the rising flock for uniform decantation of settle water. The launder channel shall be provided either with square openings of

size with a maximum weir loading of 300 m3/meter length of weir in the form of notches provided in steel plate of minimum thickness of 10 mm. Launder collection channels shall be designed to remove the water efficiently from the decanting orifices and shall continue to be a free downstream discharge at throughout rates of design flow as per data sheetconsidering 20% overload.

SLUDGE SCRAPPER : The sedimentation zone floor shall be scraped by a rotating scraper to progressively clear the sludge to the tank centre for collection the bridge shall rotate along perimeter, running on a circular steel rail by means of a perimeter drive unit. The rubber tyre types shall not be offered. The minimum driving horsepower at the rack shall be 3 H.P. (Minimum) Tendering contractors should not that high standard of machine and structural rigidity is required. The design life shall be at least 20 years.

VARIATION IN TENDERED SCRAPPER DESIGN : Tendering contractors may, if appropriate to their own particular clarifier design, offer a scraper mechanism designed to jointly clear both the sedimentation zone and the area below the flocculation zone.

FLOOR FINISH TO TANK : The final finish to the tank floor shall be specified by the contractor with his tender. He shall submit the civil works procedure for applying a

5.7

5.7.1

5.7.2

5.7.3

5.7.4

5.7.5

5.7.6



cement screed incl. waterproofing compound of a suitable thickness to the structural concrete base slab in order that the surface finish may be laid to profile matching the surface finish may be laid to profile matching the scrpper blades.

SETTLED WATER OUTLET TO FILTERS : Settled water from the clariflocculator shall fed to the filters by extending the decanting launders till the common filter influent channel/chamber. A free fall is envisaged between the extended launder and common filter influent channel. The velocity of water in outlet conduit should not be more than 0.4 M/Sec.

SLUDGE REMOVAL : Sludge shall be continuously removed from the clarifier by telescopic draw off valve during normal operation. The telescopic valve shall be operated from head stock at the peripheral walk-way level. It shall be constructed with cast iron body fitted with bronze guides. A telescopic valve stand pipes shall be fitted with best key level by pass drainage valves. The contractor shall state in his tender the anticipated average sludge draw off rate, the peak rate achievable and capacity of his proposed telescopic draw off units.

TANK DRAINAGE : For maintenance purposes the contractor shall provide the necessary arrangements for draining the clarifier by gravity.

PERIMETER WALKWAY : The contractor shall arrange a perimeter walkway to enable works operational staff to inspect the decanting orifices. These walkways may be founded on finished ground level or be cantilevered outwards from the tank wall, the walkways shall be continuous and level with the top of the sludge draw off chamber facilitating access to the draw off head stock, and shall be provided with hand rails on outer side.

EMERGENCY STOP OFF MACHINERY : The contractor shall provide appropriately located emergency stop buttons on the clarifier which when pressed shall immediately cut off all electrical power to the flocculator, scrapper and rotating bridges. Reset shall only be from the clarifier machinery control disc. At least two stop buttons one at the center of the access bridge and the other on the access way to the clarifier at the outer tank wall shall be provided.

CLARIFIER TANK MACHINERY AND CONTROL : The scrapers, flocculator, blades and the rotating bridges supplied by the contractor shall generally be manufactured in steel, painted and protected. All steel members of the bridge shall be painted and hand rails, scraper elements galvanized.

5.7.7

5.7.8

5.7.9

5.7.10

5.8

5.9



5.9.1 ROTATING BRIDGE STRUCTURE : The rotating bridge structure shall incorporate a walkway having a minimum affective width of 1.00 mt. which shall be surfaced with M.S. chequired plate, painted black. The bridge shall be designed to take its own dead weight together with uniformly distributed super loading of 500 Kg/m. over the half span and width of the walkway bridge. Maximum defection of the bridge under the specified loading shall not exceed 1/360 th. of the span. The bridge shall be so braced as to a limit lateral deflection to less than 8 mm. measured at mid span under full load conditions. A drawing to support the contractor proposal in this regard shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

5.9.2 CONCRETE SUPPORT AND END CARRIAGE : The bridge structure shall be supported at the center of the tank by means of a substantial cast iron bearing assembly of the slowing ring type and incorporating trunion type mounting to accommodate vertical undulation of the traction wheels at the peripheral wall of the tank. The central bearing assembly shall be extended to a battery mounted at the convenient point above the walkway. Oil fill and drain points, where applicable shall be extended to provide a convenient access for filling and drawing the system. Catch drains shall be provided under all oil and grease points to prevent spillage from reaching the water surface. The wheel carriage assembly shall be suitably proportioned to provide adequate stability to the rotating bridge structure while providing the substantial base for the motors, gear box, driving and idling wheels, shafts and bearings. The wheel assemblies shall be so arranged as to provide the necessary adjustment of the radial and the cone angle. The wheel shall be designed to run on a circular steel rail without scuffing and shall be given long service or a continuous running basis. The size and design of wheels and carriage shall be calculated to transit optimum tractive effort relative to the proportions of the scraper without producing wheel spin when the wheel path is subject to the climatic conditions which reduce the adhesion. Contractor’s calculations for these shall be submitted with those specified before.

5.9.3 SCRAPER DRIVE : The scraper drive shall comprise a direct coupled electric motor with reduction gear units. The assembly shall be rigidly mounted and shall be completely weather-proof whole of it shall be adequately rated for continuous service in a water treatment works environment. All lubrication points and all necessary provisions shall be made for routine maintenance and for a prevention of oil and grease spillages. A deflector shall be provided and fitted to the leading edge of the driving carriage. It shall be angled at 450 and arranged to be adjustable to within 3 mm. of the perimeter rail such that materials liable to foul the free passage of the wheel shall be deflected out of its way.

5.9.4 HAND RAILS : The bridge shall have hand railing to both sides forming an enclosure at the center in between. The finished height of the hand railing shall be 1 m. above the walkway. The guards shall be provided and secured around the bridge walkway which shall be not less than 100 mm. high and 5 mm. thick.



5.9.5 BLADES AND FIXINGS : Scrapers shall be arranged to give continuous and progressive scraping of the entire floor of the tank and the swept area of the successive blades shall overlap. The configuration of blades shall be designed to convey sludge and deposited suspended solids from the periphery of the tank and deposit it efficiently in the withdrawal hopper/sludge pocket. The No. and length of individual blades shall be at the discretion of the contractor. But the depth shall not be less than 300 mm. and the thickness not less than 6 mm. The top portion of blades shall be folded forwards in the direction and overall proportions shall be such that individual blades shall maintain rigidity at all times. Renewable fabric reinforced rubber wearing strips of cross section not less than 12 mm. x 100 mm. shall be fitted to each blades to provide a continuous contact surface which is adjustable for water. The materials chosen shall have share hardness not greater than 40 and be manufactured from well proven compound details of which shall be submitted with the tender. Backing strips shall be fitted to give support to the fixing of the rubber wearing strips and the assembly shall be secured by means of stainless steel bolts, S.S. 316 of not less than 10 mm dia. Appropriate washers shall be fitted beneath all bolt heads and nuts. The backing strips shall not project beyond the lip of the scraper blade and the rubber wearing strips shall not project by more than 3 times their thickness. Drilling of scraper blades and packing strips shall be uniform about the center to facilitate and to end reversal and complete replacement of rubbers to compensate for wear. The upper most edge of the blades is mounted in such a way that they will at all times, be inclined slightly forwards in the direction of rotation. Depending arm scraper plates shall be connected to the rotating bridge structure by an extension frame attached to the bridge structure or by means of tubular depending arms ( or in equally robust alternative) of adequate proportions, which shall be capped or otherwise sealed at the ends. Robust cast iron brackets with knuckle joints shall be used to connect the depending arms to the bridge structure and to the blades. The top connections shall permit the blades to follow slight undulations in the tank floor. The bottom connection shall allow the blades to maintain contract with the floor throughout its length, while accommodating slight variations in the radial plane of the tank floor.



FLOCCULATION ZONE ARMS AND SCRAPERS :

The flocculation zone arm and scrapers shall be arranged to suit the contractor’s own specific requirements and shall be designed and constructed to similar standards as specified above (for outer scraper), and provide with similar features and fittings. Central driven flocculators and scrapers shall be passed via a spun gear and ball slowing ring running in a fully enclosed oil bath. The lower pivot around the central riser shall be constructed with at least three bronze slipper bearings on a steel guide ring.

SLIP RING ASSEMBLY : The electrical supply to scraper or flocculator driving motor shall be taken through a multi ring and slip ring collector unit mounted in a fully water proof enclosure. The unit shall be fitted at the center of rotation of each scraper and shall be complete with necessary support brackets, Antirotation device. A suitable means of lubrication shall be provided and the covers shall have a suitable worded warning lable that the source of supply is to be switched off before removing the cover. The slip ring assembly shall be mounted above the top level of the tank walls. Sufficient rings shall be included to cover the mortar supply and any ancillary circuits.

MOTORS : Scraper motors shall be of squirrel cage type, protected to IW PSS and shall be rated 25% above design maximum.

STARTERS : Unless otherwise specified the starters shall be accommodated within a fibre based kiosk in the building on the clarifier bridge.

METHOD OF CONTROL : The flocculator and scrapers shall each be arranged for individual manual control.

Where the tanks are elevated and access to the bridge is limited to one point of the periphery, the contractor shall provide a limit switch positioned on the peripheral wall which in conjunction with “Striller Mechanism” positioned in the bridge stop shall be driving mechanism in the “Park” selector switch shall be provided in the control panel which shall be located in a fiber glass kiosk on the approach walkway.

METAL PROTECTION : All ferrous and Non-ferrous metals except stainless steel be suitably treated to prevent corrosion and weathering.

5.9.6

5.9.7

5.9.8

5.9.9

5.9.10

5.9.11



SECTION - 6 FILTRATION WORKS.

6.1 WORKS TO BE INCLUDED : The works to be included by the contractor in this section of the treatment process shall comprise of at least the following :

- The design and necessary arrangements for variable decline rate filtration of the works flows in a filter battery comprising of two identical filter units.

- The design and necessary arrangements to distribute the flow (from either the flash mixers or the clarifiers proposed) between the filters, cleans, the filters, removing the back wash water and collect the filtrate flow for final disinfections.

- The designand necessary arrangement to construct the filtration works.

- The design and layouts for administrative purposes for the filter house and machinery shall attached with the filter battery.

- The supply of two filters with filtering media and the necessary machinery and equipment required for the filters.

6.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS : The filter battery shall be constructed in reinforced concrete, boxes, shall be covered rectangular in plan arranged in a single row with common influent channel and a common filtered water channel and pipe gallery on one side of the filter controls. The filter to back wash waste water channel, shall be arranged below filter influent channel, and suitable piping for eventual disposal. The filters shall be arranged for convenience of operation and maintenance, minimization of hydraulic losses and the optimization of performance in terms of quantity and quality of treated water.

6.3 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA AND FILTER TYPE : The filtration works shall be designed to receive the works flows from the inlet works during the fair season and achieve the specified treated water quality with works throughout rate of design flow as per data sheet .

- To receive thesettled water from the clarification works either existing or proposed and achieve the specified water quality with a works throughout rate of design flow as per data sheet.

The average filtration rate shall be 4.8 m3/m2/hour. The filtration rate

shall be calculated by dividing the unit flow per filter (m3/hr.) by the net

unit media plan area (in m2). Based on the above, the conceptual design adopts. Tendering contractors should note that they are at liberty to reduce the filtration rate during fair season up to what they deem fit.



263

Each filter unit shall contain a single sized silica sand bed. (Effective size in the region of 0.60 mm. uniformity Co-efficient 1.5 and depth not less than 0.75 mt.) carried on a gravel media of about 0.40 m. layer thickness for piped under drain system or on a suspended floor fitted with along stemmed plastic nozzles. They shall be designed for cleaning with the reverse flow of air followed for by a water wash at a sufficient rate to fluidize and expand the bed, detach and remove the filter burden without assistance of surface wash. Declining rate filters shall be adopted with split flow arrangement from a common settled water influent channels, and outlet arrangements by a weir in the inspection chamber with its crest at 0.10 m. above the top of sand bed, and then the spillage point and conveyed to the pure water sump through req. length MS pipe of a pipe of adequate diameter.

The rapid sand declined rate filter shall be designed for an average filtration rate

of 4.8 m3/m2/hr. with a flow range of 9.6 /m2/hr. at the beginning of filter run to 2.4 m3/m2/hr. before washing the filters. The abnormally high filtration rates immediately after the backwash shall be avoided by manual operation of pure water outlet valves in the filter gallery. The filtration works shall be designed for a water column of minimum 2.0 m. (without free board) above the top of sand bed, with a provisions for increase in water column to a height of 2.25 m. above the top of sand bed. A suitably designed orifice with an arrangement to measure the different head across it and hence the rate of flow on each of the outlets shall be provided. Filter shall be cleaned on time basis. The back wash rates for air and water shall be as per hydraulic design or CPHEW.S. Manual, 1991. An air wash causing a loosening of filter media, shall be followed by a water wash. Tendering contract should bear in mind that percentage of back wash to throughout is an important item in evaluation of bids. The quantity of wash water used should not exceed 2% of the total of the water filtered. No continuous filter run shall be less than 23.5 hours and 95% of all continuous filter run shall achieve 36 hours when the clarifiers are in operation. Filter outlets weirs shall be located in the inspection chamber with their crests at 0.10 m. above the top of filter media and they shall discharge into a common reinforced concrete filtered water collection channel. The filters shall be divided into the two identical balanced sections with a central filter feed/back wash collecting gullet, which it turn shall receive back wash waste water from a pair of waste water troughs constructed for each section and separate cleaning ports. Filter control valves shall be manuals operated from head stocks.

6.3.1 PERMITTED VARIATION IN THE FILTRATION WORKS : The specified filter type has been selected for its simplicity of operation, ease of maintenance (over and under floors) its reliability and its inherent resistance to operation upset. Tendering contractors may offer their own particular or "Nearest” version of the filter type envisage. No tender will be considered which does not include a filtration process bases on the specified number of units of atleast the specified size and the filter type with either suspended floors or piped under drain system, single sized filtering media and separate air and water wash facilities. However, the tendering contractors shall note that a variable head declining rate filtration



263

type shall be offered by them as a part of the basic tender,

6.3.2 ALTERNATIVE FILTER ARRANGEMENT : TENDERING contractors may, if they so wish, submit another filter design and arrangement as a second ALTERNATIVE OFFER. Contractor should note however the preference given to separate air and water wash systems ease of maintenance and the advantages of a single sized media filter bed and a variable head declining rate filtration type. Alternative systems which may not be favorably considered would include :

- An excessive No. of filter units or more than one filter stream.

- Multi media units (Anthracite, pumice, crushed coconut shell).

- Complete control system.

- Regarding rate of flow controllers and rate setters, slow devices etc.

- Cleaning or flushing with jets or spray systems.

- Automatic self cleaning systems.

ALTERNATIVE WHICH MAY BE OFFERED INCLUDE :

- Slight variation in the number of filter units.

- Piped (And at least partially accessible). - Variation in media size with corresponding adjustment of

sand depth.

6.4 EXTENT OF WORKS : Under this contract, the contractor shall supply required filter units and shall all the machinery. Equipment required for all the filter units. Contractors design and installation shall be such as to enable the filter battery to filter water at a rate of design floe as per data sheet. In the event of conversion into dual media, filters at a later date, for this the shell design all the transmission system pertaining to filtration works, that is settled water channel, pure water channel, pure water gravity drain, all of the under drain system for throughout put rate of . i.e. double the rate of design flow rate. contractor’s designs shall also be such as to enable the filter battery to be linearly extended at a later date with the minimum of interference to the works.

6.5 FILTER FEED : Inlet flows to the filters shall be distributed along the length of the filter battery externally arranged in a reinforced concrete settled water common influent channel with a suitable arrangements of the enable the incoming flows to be divided equally between the two filters say an adjustable weir plate. Channels and associated chamber floors shall be given slope towards the drains and drainage valves. They if necessary, shall be fitted with to stop or step irons for internal access.

6.6 FILTER MEDIA : Filtration shall be by gravity through a bed of hard gained silica (Quartz) sand of minimum thickness 70 cm. Filter sand shall be of effective size 0.60 mm and



263

uniformity co-efficient of 1.50. The sand depth shall be checked with the help of following formula

Od3/h = B X 29323

Q = m3/m2/hr.

d = sand size in mm.

h = Terminal loss of head in m.

L = Depth of bed in m.

B = Break through index betn

4 x 10 -4 to 6 x 10 -3 Assume 4 x 10 -4

6.7 FILTER SUPPORT : Filter sand shall rest on a gravel bed of not less than 0.40 m. thickness in the event of piped under drain system, or any directly on the suspended floor in case of nuzzled under drain system to suit a particular design.

6.8 FILTER SAND : Filter sand shall be of hard and resistant quarts or quartzite and free of clay, mica, shale, dirt, loam organic impurities, later soluble iron and manganese. Effective size shall be 0.45 to 0.70 mm. Uniformity coefficient shall not be more than 108 not less than 1.3. The weight loss or contact with N hydrochloric acid shall not exceed than 5% weight after 24 hours. Ignition loss should not exceed 0.7 percent by weight. The friability weight loss after mixing for 15 minutes (750 strokes ) shall be less than 10% and for 30 minutes (1500 strokes) shall be less than 20%. The specific gravity of the sand shall in the range of 2.55 to 2.65 silica content should not be less than 90% wiring loss should not exceed 3% IS 8419 (Part-I) 1947 entitled filtration media. Sand and gravel may be referred for other details.

6.8.1 FILTER MEDIA AND CHARGING : The contractor shall supply the filter media for the works and shall submit with his tender details of the source from which the proposed to draw his supplies of filter sand and verify that sufficient quantities of satisfactory filter sand can be obtained, packed stored on site and the filter shells charged in accordance with his work programme.6.8.1 Within the two months of the date of acceptance of tender, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer to 20 Kg. representative samples of the filter sand and also a sample of supporting media.) one of which will be tested. When the sand is found to be confirming to the above requirements of the contractor, which he shall submit with his tender, the second sample shall be retained by the Engineer and the contractor will then be given permission to place an order for his supplies. Prior to packing, all filter sand, shall be washed, heat dried and sieved to conform the specified grading and tested. Separate test certificates (In triplicate) shall be provided to the Engineer for each 20 cubic meters of media so supplied. Packing shall be in suitable approved double or triple bags to protect the media from spillage or contamination. Any sand or media delivered losses or found to be split or open bags shall be rejected on site. Storage on site shall be only in an approved. Pre designed area, well drained and free of mud and silt. Following installation and satisfactory



263

testing of all the filter floors and when the Engineer is satisfied that the installations are complete. The contractor will be given written permission to commence filling the filters. The contractor will set out and indicate and the methods of filling the media in his tender submission and specification. Filter media shall be carefully placed and not charged by dropping, dumping, machine handling or any other method which in the opinion of the Engineer will be determined to the floor media, nozzles/drains to or sealants. In each filter, two adjacent valves shall be charged simultaneously. Following the initial charging the filter shall be washed by the contractor. Filter beds, designed for expansion during, cleaning shall be skimmed prior to disinfections and commissioning of the works.

6.9 FILTER FLOOR : In the conceptual design, piped under drain system has been adopted. In the event of adopting similar system, the contractor shall provide reinforced concrete flooring with slots in each section of filter, to accommodate manifold or he may provide concrete channel in each section, to collect and convey pure water back wash water and air from/ to under drain laterals. If the tendering contractor wishes to adopt nozzles and suspended floor arrangement the filter media shall be supported by a suspended floor, fitted with long stemmed plastic floor nozzle and designed to pass the air and water required for the reserve flow cleaning and to exclude the media from the filter base and outlet systems. The filter shall be manufactured in pre cast concrete segments with accurately screwed thread plastic nozzles fixing sleeves. Nozzles shall be evenly spread over the full floor area with a concentration of at least 50 per m. During installation of any floor all nozzle socket shall be plugged until nozzle fitting commences. The contractor shall at the time of tendering provide the following: - For suspended floors : - A detailed specification of the calculations for his proposed

filter floor, its nozzles, the floor seals between slabs and around the perimeter.

- The tolerances required for the support beams and walls, and tolerance for the slabs and the finished floor.

- For piped under drains.

Complete hydraulic calculations for laterals, orifices, and manifolds, and the tolerance ratios of their area with filter area also be the inter-relations of the areas of all the components of under-drain system.

- The Contractor shall clearly indicate at the tender stage the arrangements he proposed to connect the laterals with the manifold and back wash water and air arrangements.

6.10 FILTER BASE :

In case of suspended floors, the filter base shall be designed for access below the filter floor and the central trough. It shall be arranged to ensure free passage of the filtrate to the outlet pipe work, equal division of air and wash water between the filter half and designed to achieve a level air scour fusion and uniform distribution or air along the length and breadth of the filter, regardless of the size and position of the floor supports.



263

6.11 FILTER CLEANING :

Filter cleaning shall be (upward0 reverse flows of air and water, systems employing separate air and water washing are envisaged. The air supply be taken from one of the two lobs type roots type air blowers and the water supply from the wash water tank to be constructed on top of the chemical house under the scope of this tender. The free air flow rate shall be 45 m./hr. to 50 m/hr. for a duration of 5 minutes. The wash water flow rate shall be 36 M/hr. (600 LPM/M2) for a duration of 10 minutes.

6.11.1 CLEANING ANDSEQUENCE : The contractor shall fully justify in his tender submission. The filter cleaning system for the contractor’s particular version of the conceptual design. The contractor shall include consideration of water loss, design sequence and timings, rise rates, the water temperatures, surface, travel distance for wash water, ease or operation, timings and durations of the wash period etc.

Following criteria shall be adopted in the designing under drain system. Area of

= 0.3% of filter bed area.

Area of laterals = 2% area of orifices.

Area of manifold = 1.5 x area of laterals. The perforation vary from 5 to 12 mm in diameter and should be staged at a straight angle to the vertical axes of pipe.

6.11.2 WASTE WATER TRAVEL DISTANCE :

The Contractor shall, as far as possible to suit his own design, limit the horizontal distance of travel of wash water across the bed surface to the wash water cross troughs.

6.11.3WASTAGE OF THE FIRST FILTRATE :

Systems employing the wastage of the first filtrate shall not be offered.

6.11.4 WASTE :

The contractor shall provide the facility for the entire works output to be filtered to waste during the testing, commissioning or subsequent operation of the works.

6.12OUTLET CHAMBER : Each compartment of every filter adjacent to filtrate outlet chamber constructed in reinforced concrete with a weir 0.10 m. above the sand bed top into an inspection chamber connected to the common filter water collection channel. The minimum chamber capacity shall be 30m3. The chamber shall be covered with sheet glasses fixed in a removal wooden frame.

The flooring for inspection chamber shall be in white glazed tiles. The walls of the inspection chamber shall be covered with white glazed tiles for full height.



263

6.13.2 HEAD LOSS/BACK PRESSURE GAUGES: Each filter be provided with two head loss/back pressure gauges, one mounted in the filter house at upper gallery level, and the other ( a manometer) in the pipe gallery. Both shall indicate the water pressure across the filter during normal operation.

6.13.3GAUGE : The Kirloskar mounted gauge shall be of the float operated type with a 150 mm. diameter indicator, a geared drive to a cable drum, 100 mm. dia meter copper flat, 1 mm. diameter stainless steel wire woven cable and counter weight. The float tube shall be connected to the filtered water outlet port casting by a 12.5 mm. dia meter valve and copper tube. It shall terminate at its lower end in a blank flange to enable the float to be removed if necessary and shall be fitted with a 25 mm. dia drain valve.

The gauge dial shall have two scales in opposite directions :

Alternative arrangement to the above may be offered provided they are of simple reliable construction Ed could readily be attained.

6.13.2 MANOMETER :

Filter manometers to serve as stand by head loss gauges shall be well mounted in the lower filter pipe gallery.

6.14.0 FILTER CONTROLS : In an attempt to minimize mechanization, the conceptual design adopts manually operated filters. All filters inlet and outlet flows shall preferably the manually controlled by head stock operated sluice valves or penstocks. Head stocks at upper filter gallery or walkway wheel valve shall be provided at each filter for the following controls :

Filter inlet.

Filtered water outlet 2 Nos. Airinlet

Wash water inlet Wash water outlet. Knocked or angled spindle extensions shall be avoided.

6.15 FILTER PORTS : To limit the head loss arising from friction, turbulence and velocity heads, the following upper limits of velocity shall preferably apply :

1.0 m/Sec.

1.3 m/Sec.

2.5 m/Sec.

2.0 m/Sec.

25.0 m/sec.

Filter Inlet Filtrate

outlet Wash water

inlet Wash water

outlet Air inlet



263

6.16 FILTER GALLERY AND FILTER MACHINERY HALL PIPE WORKS :

General : Filter gallery water carrying pipe work shall be in either steel or cast iron with flanged connections, with a provision of detachable flanged couplings to facilitate maintenance of valves and fittings. The filter gallery and machinery shall pipe work shall be arranged for easy operation, access for maintenance and to minimize undesirable head losses in the works.

6.16.1 AIR MAINS :

The Contractor shall feed air to the filter through a steel header, at a high level within the pipe gallery. Individual filter section suppliers from the air header shall be in flanged steel pipe work but the filter entry pot shall be a cast iron flanged piece, with integral puddle which shall incorporate a siphon and valve to exclude reverse water flows to the blowers.

6.16.2 WASH WATER MAIN : Wash water supply pipe work shall form the elevated service reservoir in the premises. Velocity in the header shall be designed to account for head losses arising in the future development & preferably shall notexceed 2.0 m./Sec. The contractor should make arrangement of extension of MS pipeline from ESR to filter incl. providing, laying, jointing and testing of MS pipeline of 300 mm dia. The req. valves and its chamber shall be also provided by the contractor at his own cost.

WASTE WATER COLLECTION &DISPOSAL : The filter back wash waste from each filter shall be collected in a common waste water channel connected in drainage system which is a part 7 parcel of filtration works. Care should be taken while designing the outflows about uniform collection sludge / muddy water as otherwise sludge pockets are likely to remain which will eventually clot the pipeline.

The final disposal leads to the natural drain passing near bye and all required piping, channel is to be designed ad provided and constructed by the agency at his on cost up to 500 m length.

LATERAL LENGTH: The length of lateral on each side of manifold shall not be more than 16 times the diameter of laterals.

WASH WATER SUMP: Wash water re-circulation sump should be provided for all the Filter Plants irrespective of its capacity. The capacity of re-circulation sump should accommodate back wash water of one bed (Twin compartment + 10000 Lits)

Necessary pumping machinery including all accessories for recirculation back wash water pumping shall be provided by the agency.

6.16.3

6.16.4

6.16.5.1

6.16.6



263

SECTION - 7 CHEMICAL WORKS

WORKS TO BE INCLUDED : The works to be included by the contractor in this section of the process shall comprise the complete arrangements and installations (design and supply) required in the works to continually and reliably chemically treat and disinfect it in the quantities and at such dosage rates determined by the contractor and within the specified design parameters and criteria given herein.

PROVISION FOR WORKS : Sufficient chemical apparatus and facilities shall be provided by thecontractor under his contract to meet flow rates of proposed works forpost chlorination and flow rates of the proposed works, that is 110 lit./Sec. Flow for chemical coagulation. The mixing, metering, dosing and treatment arrangements provided shall be accurate and reliable at flow rates specified herein. CHEMICALS TO BE DOSED : The contractor shall provide facilities for the reception, handing, mixing, storage, and accurate dispensing of appropriate quantities of the following chemicals :

- Aluminum Sulphate in liquid.

- Lump or pebbled form.

- Chlorine from 950 Kg. drums (toners). Tendering contractors shall note that no coagulant aids or other enhancing chemicals will be permitted in the works during the contract period.

AVAILABILITY STRENGTH AND PURITY OF CHEMICALS : The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself as to the availability, purity, strength & suitability of all the chemicals to be used in the works and shall accordingly include consideration of the chemicals strengths available when calculating his dose rates and capacities and shall arrange his and other apparatus to exclude deleterious matter from the water being treated.

CHEMICAL CALCULATIONS : The contractor shall submit with his tender a comprehensive set of calculations for his problems. He shall include chemical calculations as well as those pertaining to solution concentrations, flow rates etc.

ARRANGEMENT OF THE WORKS : The conceptual arrangement of the works is shown and the envisaged scheme accommodates the solution tanks, dosing tanks, laboratory,

7.1

7.1.1

7.1.2

7.1.3

7.1.4

7.1.5



263

office canteen and toilet blocks on the upper floor and storage on ground floor, chlorine cylinder storage, chlorinator room, control panel room and fist aid on the ground floor of the chemical house. The more essential chemical tanks, dosing and metering arrangements on the upper floor of chemical house are located high enough to enable gravity flow of aluminium Sulphate solution (alum) to the inlet works.

7.1.6 CHEMICAL STORAGE : In principle the site will be developed to provide chemical storage of the following :- Alum : Storage for three months at the average “Monsoon”season rate of

consumption. Chlorine : Storage forthree months stock of full containerssufficient to meet the average monsoon rate of consumption, plus further space for duty standby and empty containers.

7.1.7 HANDLING OF RAW CHEMICALS : In this arrangements the contractor shall consider the routine handling and transport of the raw chemicals. Handling of toners by hot crane 3 T capacity with gantry shall be mechanized for chlorine and initially by hand for alum and by chain pulley block or mono-rail arrangement for lifting the solid alum from ground floor storage to the alum tanks at upper floor.

7.2 ALUMINIUM SULPHATE ( DESIGN CRITERIA ) : The contractor shall provide sufficient aluminum Sulphate (alum) initially to meet his performance guarantees and to enable a continued dose rate of at least 30 mg/l. to be applied into design flow rate. for a 8 hour shift stock of 5% alum solution (which has a composition of at least 16% aluminum sulphate). The dosing point of alum shall carefully selected in conjunction with the flush mixing chambers. Gravity flow metering shall be adopted and consequently the shift stock tanks shall be situated in the upper floor of the chemicals house with one constant head tank and one solution flow meter feeding dosing line. The conceptual arrangement is shown on the drawing and tendering contractor shall fully discuss the suitability of their own arrangement of the outlined design with their tender submission. Tenderer shall not recommend dry feeders as an alternative.

7.2.1 STOCK TANK FLOW METER : The tendering contractor shall supply a digital integrating flow meter calibrated in liters fitted on a common riser. Read out shall be digital. The meter shall be accurate, with appropriate mechanism.

7.2.2 STOCK TANKS (ALUM TANKS) : The contractor shall provide three elevated stock tanks sized in accordance with his calculations for the specified dose rate and concentration. Each tank shall be approximately square in plan with a working depth of 0.8 m. and a maximum depth of 1.00 m. from the tank base to overflow level. The tank shall be lined with 3 coats of bituminous paint by the contractor and supplied complete with the following facilities :- i) The specified service water supply. ii) An overhead central vertical axial flow mixing machine to



263

disperse the concentrated liquor and the top up waters. iii) A wooden calibrated dip-stick.

iv) A "slight tube” or "Float and stick” depth indicator with celebrations. v) A low level drawn, high level overflow and 150 mm. above

the base draw off leading through flanged valving and a strainer to the constant head tank.

vi) A sample tap for specific gravity determinations.

7.2.3 ALUM SOLUTION MIXERS : The contractor shall supply 3 alum solution mixers for the alum tanks. Considering average 30 mg./l. alum dose for 8 hours requirement. Each mixer shall be mounted on an overhead concrete assessable slab and fitted with a 1.5 KWH. 3 Phase motor running at not more than 1500 R.P.M. a reduction gear box and a 50 mm dia stainless steel shaft and a stainless steel axial flow turbine. The shaft speed shall not exceed 150 R.P.M.

7.2.4 CONSTANT HEAD TANKS AND DOSERS : The contractor shall supply two purpose made constant head tank to feed the gravity doser. The tank shall be so valves that it can be fed from by one of the 3 Alum tanks. In the conceptual design, however, a common feeder connected with all the 3 stock tanks means of separate valves on each strainer, feeds the constant head tank from where alum solution.

The tank shall include the following facilities :

i) Stainless steel inlet valve with plastic float.

ii) A strained and valve outlet.

iii) In overflow and a drain.

7.2.5 GRAVITY FLOW METERS :

The contractor shall supply one directed reading gravity solution flow meter of the variable type. The meter shall have :

i) A minimum diameter of 50 mm.

ii)

iii) iv) A maximum internal headloss of 300 mm. under the worst

design conditions. v) + 2% accuracy. vi) An anti-corrosive type float. vii) A bore silicate glasstube set in a welded stainless steel frame

fitted with P.V.C. flanged ends.

7.2.6 DOSING ARRANGEMENTS : From the flow meter the contractor shall provide a transparent and flexible dosing line to his dosing point in the works inlet. Dosing shall be at a low level in the flash mixing chambers.

7.3 CHLORINE (DESIGN CRITERIA) : The contractor shall provide sufficient chlorination capacity to enable the works operational staff to maintain a free chlorine residual of 1.0 mg/l leaving the treated



263

water tank at any time of six month period. The contractor shall take into account that pre chlorination pressure feed type is essential as an algaecide, considering he qualities of raw water and also to enhance treatment or improve dicer section and to maximize the bacteriological and viral kill. The Contractor shall provide min. 3 nos. of chlorine toners for pre chlorination. Gaseous Chlorine shall be drawn from a chlorine drum of 950 Kg. (Tonne). The chlorine drum store shall have a peak capacity for seating 10 drums. The drum store shall have over-head traveling lifting beams. It should be noted carefully that the cost of 3 filled chlorine toners is to be included in their cost by contractor (2 on line and 1 in store). The contractor shall provide minimum 3 nos. of Chlorine toner for gravity type chlorinators for post chlorination to pure water flows, along with solutionizer gas cylinder controls and injection mechanism, including the process water provision. Dosing lines from the Chlorination shall run in duplicate the filtered water collection channel.

7.3.1 CHLORINE DEMAND AND ANTICIPATED DOSE RATES : The conceptual design based on raw water characteristics adopts the following rates of dosing :

The contractors shall supply the chlorinators of the capacities shown below, based on the rates of dosing set out herein.

Gravity feed type. Chlorination plants 6 kg/hr capacity with pups, piping, valves including toner 3nos. Gravity feed type.

Pre chlorination

Gravity feed type

Post chlorination

Gravity feed type

: 5 mg/l maximum 3 mg/l average. 3

mg/l maximum 2

mg/l average.

Pre-chlorination

Propose system

Post chlorination



263

Proposed system : Chlorination plants 4 kg/hr capacity including piping, valves and toner 3 nos.

Note : 100% standby capacity - for post chlorination should be provided.

7.3.2 CHLORINE DRUMS : Minimum 3 Nos. of chlorine tonners should be supplied by contractor and same should be filled by contractor at the time of 1st supply. The drums shall each have a normal capacity of 950 Kg. liquid chlorine available above 1 bar pressure. They shall be standard Indian manufacturers without fusible plugs and shall be of the type manufactured to the design approved by M/s Imperial chemical Industries. Each drum shall be fitted with ringed or removable protective valve cap. The drums shall be painted yellows with black concave ends and shall have the works "Liquid Chlorine” with the gross and net weight stenciled on the side in Kg. size and capacity with his tender, shown on the drawings with two rows of 3 drums cradles providing space for stock containers. Drums in storage section shall be at sufficient distance from one another for case in handling. To handle the drums to contractor shall provide an overhead traveling gantry arrangement with rails brought out of the building to lift the drums directly from the truck. The gantry arrangement shall be with manually operated hoisting and bi-directional hand chain operated travel. The gantry shall have an operational design capacity of at least 3 tones be provided with safety type of hook, a drum lifting beam, an intermediate drum weighing machine and an manually hoist control pendant. The contractor shall arrange the layout the store ceiling height and be elevation of the gantry arrangements to permit any drum to be lifted from any credit or plinth for transfer to any location within reach of the gantry or the loading vehicle. All drum impositions shall be served by a gantry and the clearance shall be such as to enable the drums to be loaded in a standard vehicle with the weighing machine attached and at least 70 mm. clearance between the drum in transit and the top of any drums already in position on the vehicle. The doorways shall be to outside area and shall be detailed as outward opening. Sufficient numbers of ventilators should be provided at floor level. The rooms should be moisture proof.

7.3.3 LIFTING BEAM : The contractor shall supply a purpose made rigid chlorine drum lifting beam for use with gantry hoist. The beam shall have a central lifting eye, rotating shrivel and have hinged steel hooks designed to accurately and safely hold the end drum runs.

7.3.4 WEIGHING MACHINE : The drum weighing machine shall be of the platform with level type 1 No. with 1500 Kg. capacity full scale deflection and one no. of a 2000 Kg. safe working load capacity dial type machine with platform. The machine hook attachment shall be fitted with a safety type catch.

7.3.5 GAS LEAKAGE DETECTION : Automatic gas leakage detectors are not required to be provided. The contractor shall however, provide four ammonia bottles with elaborating wicks and shall instruct the staff on their use.



263

One emergency drum leakage repair kit type - B shall be provided.

7.3.6 FORCED VENTILATION : The contractor shall provide forced ventilation equipment in the chlorine store and chlorination room which shall be manually controlled by external switches outside the rooms at each door way. The ventilation systems to be provided shall have a capacity of 15 air changes per hour upon operation of any one switch for the store and chlorine rooms and shall extract air at ground level outside the buildings. The contractor shall provide all the purpose made ducts and outlets required. The ventilation fans and blowers shall either be inward blowing at high level (with non-dosing vents at low level) or shall be outward blowing at low level and if the latter option is selected by the contractor the machines shall be suitable for use in a damp chlorines atmosphere. At the very least they shall be carry were external constructions with glazed clay blades.

7.3.7 CHLORINATORS : Each of the two gas metering chlorinators of requirement and types set out vide clause No. 7.3.1 shall have the following facilities.

(a) Manual adjustment of dose rate.

(b) Substantially liner scale.

(c) Internal gas inlet pressure reducing valve.

(d) Safely vent to be pipes to external atmosphere.

(e) Pressure / Vacuum relief valve. The chlorinator shall be arranged in a separate moisture proof chlorine room. The chlorine room shall be accommodated in connection with chlorine drum storage on the ground floor of chemical house and arranged for a separate access from outside of the chemical house. The contractor shall provide an air-tight glazed partition or window in the chlorinator room to enable the staff to inspect the dose rates without entering the room. Adequate externally switched lighting shall be provided and detailed by the contractor on his drawings. Apart from the chlorinators no other equipment shall be accommodated in the chlorine room. Door-ways to the room shall be shown as outward opening and preferably to the building exterior.



263

CHLORINE GAS PIPE WORK VALVES AND PRESSURE GAUGES

The contractor shall include suitable pressure reducing valves to limit the pressure delivered to 2 bars. The standards required for the pipes and fittings shall be :

i) Pipe work chlorine gas shall be mild steel seamless to B.S. 3602 C.D.S or H.F.S or electrical resistance welded pipe to B.S.3602.

ii) Pipe couplings shall be with British standard H flanges (Front and back welded) using ring joints tagged, made of 1/16 thickness compressed asbestos fibre (CAF BS 2815 Grade- B).

iii) Valves shall be of the globe type with forged steel bodies monel metal spindles and valve heads with malleable cast iron valve seats Glad packing shall be of Teflon.

OPERATING WATER : The contractor shall draw his water supplies from the back wash water tank and need not provide any facility for feeding the chlorinators from other source.

DOSING LINE : Dosing line shall be provided for post chlorination points for the proposed system.

DOSING POINTS : The exact dosing points for post in chlorination are as below : Post chlorination proposed sys. : Pure water channel in the filter house. Pre chlorination Proposed Sys. : Raw water Inlet chamber.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND STANDARDS : i) Two Nos. canister type respirators with fullface coverage

masks suitable for chlorine gaseous atmosphere. ii) Ten spare canisters for the respirators. iii) Two sets of self contained compressed air breathing appara

tus complete with working and two spare air cylinders. iv) Two external wall mounted glass fronted cabinets for the

breathing apparatus. v) A facility to recharge the compressed air cylinder or from a self contained

machine.

CHEMICAL HOUSE AREA REQUIREMENTS : The contractor shall provide a ground plus one story building to accommodate following constituents in it at the levels indicated and of the space as specified against them :

7.3.8

7.3.9

7.3.10

7.3.11

7.3.12

7.4



263

Details

Upto 500 M3/hr FP capacity

More than 500 M3/hr FP capacity

A.GROUND FLOOR (Tentative Area in S.M. required for each utility)

1. Alum Store 25 30

2. Toilet Block 15 15 3. Control Panel Area 15 25

4. Stair Case 15 15

5. Chlorine Room 25 25

6. Chlorine Tonner Storage (Double heighted)

30 50

7.Other space incl. Piping, gallery, etc. 45 45

Total Area of Ground Floor 170 205

B.FIRST FLOOR

1. Alum Tank 25 30

2. Store 15 15

3. Laboratory 15 30

4. Office 15 15 5. Stair Case 15 15

6. Other space incl. Plat form for valve operations, etc.

60 90

Total Area of First Floor 145 195

Total Area of G.F. & F.F. 315 400


8.4.1

Sign of contractor 6 3351

SECTION - 8 WORKS

ANCILLARIES 8.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT FOR WORKS

ANCILLARIES : In addition to the mainstream treatment process works the contractor shall provide (design and sump all the other facilities, services and ancillary works required for necessary on site to support or complement the treatment process and to provide a complete reliable and operable treatment works in accordance with the intent and spirit of the specifications. Tendering contractors shall include all the ancillary equipment and facilities specified herein as the minimum requirement. Should the contractor consider the specified minimum facilities are insufficient, he shall provide any additional items of plant or ancillary works that he consider necessary. Should the contractor consider certain items specified would serve to use or function his own design, he may omit them, provided he makes specific mention of them in his tender submission, fully discusses the matter and presents a reasoned argument for the commission or reduction in the minimum specified requirement. The relevant clauses shall be quoted in submission. The contractor's tender submission shall be deemed to include all the ancillaries for his own designs and this specification.

8.2 PROCESS SAMPLING POINTS : The contractor shall provide sampling points generously throughout the works to permit proper and adequate monitoring of the treatment process chemical solutions, chemical design and the works performance. Samples shall be locally obtainable at appropriate points in the process and taken to the works laboratory quality monitoring instruments.

8.2.1 LOCATION OF HAND SAMPLING POINTS : Hand sample shall be made available from at least the following points

i) Incoming raw water.

ii) Pre chlorinated water prior to addition of the coagulant.

iii) Coagulated water in the measuring flume.

iv) Flocculating water in the measuring flume.

v) Combined supply to the filters.

vi) Filtered water from each filter.

vii) Filtered water prior to chlorination.

viii) Filtered water immediately after chlorination. ix)

Final treated water existing upon from the chlorine contact tank.

x) Supply in each of the outlet mains leaving the works.



8.2 HAND SAMPLING POINTS : Hand sampling shall be (as appropriate) by disposing tanks, channels, chamber etc. or by piped supply to conveniently positioned bib taps. The contractor shall ensure that his arrangements permit ready access to all the required sample points and handholds are appropriately provided for the sampling throughout the works. Sampling apparatus, containers, etc. are to be provided by the contractor with the laboratory equipment. Sample pipe work shall be in H.D.P.E bib taps in brass with cruciform handles and each sample arranged to enable a liter sample to be taken within one minute. A brass drainage tundish at least 0.02 m2 square shall be positioned 400 mm. under each tap and its drain piped to waste. Sample taps shall generally be about 1 M. above floor or access level and be identified by an adjacent wall mounted notice 30 mm x 150 mm. (block lettering on a white background).

8.3 QUALITY CONTROL MONITORING INSTRUMENTS : The contractor shall provide sufficient permanently installed quality control monitoring instruments on line type to enable the works operators to monitor the performance and sufficiency of the treatment processes. The quality control monitoring instruments shall be of simple mechanical type. To monitor the process, at least following shall be provided and located in the laboratory situated on the upper floor of the chemical house.

i) Raw water prior to chemical dosing -

- pH indicating meter.

- Turbidity indicating meter.

ii) Incoming water to the filter battery -

- pH indicating meter


iii) Filtered water prior to the addition of chlorine -


- Turbidity record on a strip chart.

iv) Final treated water leveling the contract tank.

- pH indicating meter.

- Chlorine residual indicating meter.

8.3.1 TURBIDITY METER :

SPECIFICATION :

Range : From 0 to 500 NTU in four decadic. Range of

1,10,100 and 500 NTU .

Accuracy : +/_ 1 % of full scale in 10 and 100 NTU range.

+/_ 2% of full scale in 1 and 500 NTU range.

0.02 NTU due to particle movement. 230 V AC + 10% at 50

Hz.

Drift

Oscillation

Supply



Power: Consumption : 25 VA approx. ( *Subject to accuracy of calibra

tion standards). ACCESSORIES :Box containing 4 Nos. of matched flat bottom test t ube ofsize 23 x 80 mm. i) Cell rised for 0.500 NTU range. ii) Lightshield.

CHLOROSCOPE :

SPECIFICATIONS :

(1) Range :

water chem.

laboratories Hyderabad - 500 004

PH - METER :

.

8.3.2

8.3.3

01, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 ppm.

8.3.4



MAIN LINE FLOW :

The requirement in the works shall include the following main monitor :

Main - Line flow-

Local rate of flow measurement at the inlet worksflume. Local calibrated indication only on the depth of chemical stock tanks by glass tubes or float and level stick devices, as appropriate.

8.4.2 OTHER MEASUREMENTS : Time in the chemical house and the filter gallery transmission of each water rate to the filter gallery. Filter air scour pressure. Depth of chemical stock tanks by glass tubes or float and level stick devices, as appropriate.

8.5 WORKS MINIC DIAGRAM : The contractor shall provide a minic diagram of the process and pumping installations for display in the office located on the upper floor of chemical house. The diagram shall be wall mounted and at least two meters long and one meter high. It shall be manufactured in rear engraved perplex and arranged and coloured to illustrate a schematic of the main flows and processes in the treatment plant. The contractor’s proposal shall be submitted with this tender and the final design shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to manufacture.

8.5.1 NOTICE BOARD : The contractor shall provide a wall mounted notice board in the chemical house and filter gallery to enable current operational data on the works to be displayed. The board shall be 3 m2 in area and suitable for the display of colored plug in lettering and numerals on a white perforated background. Sufficient colour lettering and numerals shall be provided in 4 distinct colour to enables shall be provided in 4 distinct colour to enable the board to be completely filled in any two of the four colours. The board and lettering shall be of standard Indian manufacture.

8.5.2 WORKS PLAQUE : The contractor shall allow in his tender for all provision of a solid cast bronze wall plaque which shall be "unveiled” at an opening ceremony following the commissioning of the works. The plaque shall be manufactured to a design to be provided by the Engineer. It shall be not more than 500 x 1000 mm. area, 10 mm thick with raised lettering commemorating the occasion.

8.5.3 CONTRACTORS NAME PLATE : The contractor may, if he so wishes, erect his own name plate in the works. The plate shall not exceed 400 mm x 600 mm. The design inscription and location of the plate shall be to the approval of the Engineer.

8.6 SERVICE WATER AND PRESSURISED SUPPLY : Pumped and gravity service water systems shall be provided by the contractor to enable a supply of chemical solutions, cleaning the works, housing down external and internal structures, chambers and channels, flushing chemical feed pipes,

8.4.1



domestic supply and any other purpose required by the contractor’s design.

8.6.1 CHEMICAL HOUSE SERVICE WATER : The Contractor shall arrange for pressure water supply to chemical house, by tapping the wash water line, what conveys pressure water from the back wash water reservoir on top of chemical house. This wash water line is to be supplied by the Contractor and is included in the filtration works. Pipes work fittings etc. shall provided by the contractor to ensure that adequate supplies are available for the works and that any two stock tanks can be filled with water within 20 minutes.

8.7 WASTE DISPOSAL : The Contractor shall arrange the works and shall made provision forthe removal of all waste products by gravity flow from the various units to the through sludge collection chamber to be provided by the contractor outside the campus. Waste waters shall be removed from site in a closed conduit generally. Waste disposal shall be by gravity and it ground level do not permit contractor has to provide waste disposal pump and dispose the same by pumping nr. nala at his own cost. Particular attention shall be paid to facilitate cleaning of alum tanks, channels etc.

8.7.1 INTER CONNECTING PIPE WORK AND DRAINS : The Contractor shall provide all the inter-connecting pipe work required in the works to provide a complete operable works. He shall include in his supply the waste water discharge main connected with all the branches provided to collect and dispose the waste products from the works finally leading to final sludge collection chamber. Tendering contractors shall specify the rate of flow, falls, diameters and levels of all drains leading from any part of the works arranged by them in order to suit their own design. These details together with complete calculations shall be included in the tender submission. The contractor shall indicate at the time of tendering the location and required capacity of all drainage points which he requires for the satisfactory operation of the works. The complete drainage requirement shall be finalized by the contractor within 4 months of the date of acceptance of the tender. The materials to be adopted for piping shall be as below :

Inlet works clarifier feed pipes C.I. LA Class pipes/DI-K9 Filter water main all

by pass lines C.I. LA Class pipes/DI-K9 Back wash water lines from proposed

C.I. LA Class pipes/DI-K9

filtration works to drainage.

All drainage branches from the works C.I. LA Class pipes/DI-K9

to the sludge carrying main.

Sludge carrying main C.I.Pipes under concrete floors.

Under drain laterals in filter boxes PVC pipes.(10 kg/cm2)

Under drain manifold and piping in C.I. LA Class pipes/DI-K9 the pipe

gallery of filtration works. Service water distribution G.I. Pipes. Alum solution line H.D.P.E. Pipes.

The contractor shall include all the jointing materials and test rings required for

the installation and testing of any of the pipes works to be laid and shall specify

the exact location of the line falls and levels required. Unless otherwise specified



all inter connecting pipes work, underground pipe work and pipes to be built into

structures shall be cast iron and where the built in pipe is through a water

retaining concrete wall it shall incorporate an integral puddle flange.

8.7.2 CHEMICAL WASTE AND DRAINAGE FROM THE WORKS :

The drainage from all the works including chemical works, inlet works, clarification

works and filtration works shall be collected and carried in a common drain

carrying main leading to a natural stream through a sludge collection chamber.

The domestic sewage from the latrines and toilets in the chemical house, shall be

collected separately, and treated in a septic tank, and the effluent shall be

connected to the common carrying main.

The contractor shall arrange the work layout and details to enable any part of the

works (Wet chambers channels, tanks, reservoirs etc.) to be gravity drained and

arranged to empty out or drain down the contents within a reasonable period in all

weathers.

8.8 GENERAL :

The contractor shall design provide and install at least following items a set out

herein :

i) Process sampling points

ii) Quality control monitoring instruments.

iii) Flow and depth monitors.

iv) Works mimic diagram.

v) Notice Boards.

vi) Works plaque.

vii) Chemical house service water.

viii) Serviceable supply.

ix) High pressure water in case of tenders own design if required.

Inter connecting pipe works which include by passes, from inlet works

to proposed filtration works from proposed

clarifier to existing filtration works (Filter influent channel) from existing common

filter influent channels to proposed common filter influent channel, from proposed

inlet chamber to existing inlet chamber. All the bye passes shall provide in

C. I.L.A. Class Pipes.

- Drainage branches from each work, to chamber, tank, channel etc. to the

common drainage line including providing common drainage lines and

chambers.

- Septic tank with soak pit to treat domestic waste including providing and

connecting the effluent from the soak pit to the common drainage line.

x) Disposalof liquid waste productsfrom the works the natural

stream through drainage collection chamber.



SECTION-9 ELECTRICAL

POWER INSTALLATION 9.1 GENERAL:

Elaborate Laboratory shall have to be provided under the scope of works. For the

proposed treatment works owner shall arrange 440 V power at a convenient point within

the site.

Capacity, which will fulfill the present and proposed demand, is proposed under this

head. Main power station for achieve the power from GEB located in layout plan. From

main power station transformer onward works shall be carried out by contractor at his

own cost. The works shall include.

9.2 SUPPLY TRANSFORMER & POWER CONTROL CENTRE: An electrical power control centered sheet steel construction (Min 2.5 mm thick)

comprising of three current transformers, one air circuit breaker with a symmetrical

breaking current of 100 A. four out going feeder to various points volt meter, selector

switch with ammeter, power factor mater, and three R, Y,B indicating lamps shall be

provided.

i) Motor control center - 1

ii) Motor control centre - 2

iii) Lighting panels

iv) Capacitor feeder.

9.3 MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE-1:

RECIRCULATION PUMP & AIR BLOWERS) The control center shall be of sheet steel construction (2 mm thick) and shall comprise

of one, incoming switch fuse unit rated at 500 V/1OO A with fuse element 80-A. Five

out going lines with one spare rated at 500 V-32-A with a switch fuse unit, fuse element

rated at 25-A six outgoing lines with one spare, rated at 500-V-16A. With a switch fuse

unit, fuse element rated at 500 V/32-A, with switch fuse unit, fuse element rated at 20-

A.

This shall also comprise of appropriate rated outgoing lines, one timer, three over load

relays, one single phase preventer, three indicating R, Y, B lamps.

Each of the units getting fudged from MCC-1 with a power requirement less than 7.5

HP shall. be provided with local push button (ON-OFF) controls and the ones with a

power requirements more than ‘7.5 HP, up to 20 HP shall be provided with Star-Delta

Starters.

9.4 MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE-2 (MIXERS, CLARIFIER BRIDGE, FLOCULATOR

DRIVES SLUDGE SCRAPPER ETC.)

This shall beef sheet steel construction !2 mm thick) and shall comprise of one

switch/fuse unit rated at 500 V/250-A, fuse element 200)-A on the incoming feeder four

going lines with one spare and with switch/fuse unit on each of the lines, rated at 500/V

100-A, fuse element 50-A one timber three overload relays, one single phase preventer,

push buttons for start, stop, reset, three R, Y, B, indicating lamps, one local remote



switch.

Each of the above feeders shall have an Ammeter selector switch and an ammeter

connection through current transformer, autotransformers and contractors indicating

lamps (Start, stop, trip).

9.5 MAIN LIGHTING BOARD:

One of the feeders from PCC shall supply power to the main lighting board with a

switch fuse unit 500 V/100-A, and an energy meter. Supply for four sub-lighting

distribution boards shall be obtained from the main lighting board, where from supply

shall be made available from required out door and in plant lighting through appropriate

cabling, with convenience on-off switches.

9.6 CAPACITOR FEEDER: A feeder from power control center to the capacitor shall be provided with switch fuse

unit 500-A/150-A with fuse element 100-A switch shall control for sub feeders with

switch fuse units 500-A/32-A with fuse element 25-A.

9.7 OTHER REQUIREMENTS: All the electrical equipment shall be suitable for the following site conditions.

Attitude Less than 200 M

Ambient temperature 60 degree C.

Voltage variation 1+/- 6%

Frequency variation 1+/- 3%

Necessary protective devices to cope up with the above condition shall be provided.

9.8 POINT WIPING & CABLING:

The internal electrical point wiring shall be either of not dipped galvanized or PVC.

All other cables shall be armored aluminum conductor PVC sheathed and shall be

adequately rated. The chlorination room shall have vapor proof and corrosion proof

lighting fittings. 9.9 LIGHTING LEVELS:

(A) Within filter Plant It includes 15 AMP

light point - 5 nos.

(a) Tube light point including cost of tube light - 30 Nos.

(b) Fan point incl. Cost of fan ISI mark - 10 Nos.

(c) Bulbs point incl. Cost of bulb - 40 Nos. (d) Sodium lamp with weather shed post cable switch etc.-5Nos. (e) Flood light 500 watt - 1 No. & 200 Watt- 4 Nos.

(B) Out side plant on plant building 500 volts Sodium Vapors lamps withweather proof fixture - 5 Nos.



SECTION-10

LABORATORYWORKS

10.1 GENERAL:

The contractor shall arrange, fully furnished and equip a complete works laboratory

category-ii as per CPHEED manual for overall process control, monitoring chemical

solutions, treatment, testing general water quality analysis and routine quantity

monitoring instruments maintenance.

Equipment shall be provided for chemical analysis and physical routine examinations.

The laboratory installations by the contractor include the supply of benching, plumbing,

internal laboratory water supply and waste drainage, electric power and lighting

installations, fume cupboards etc. Wastewater drainage from the laboratory area will be

provided under the civil works and will be connected to sludge drainage line.

10.2 DESIGN OF LAEBORATORY: The layout of the laboratory area including the positioning of Sittings and service outlets

shall conform to the general principles set out herein and shall in every way be suitable

for use for water works. Laboratory purpose (category-II)

The laboratory area shall be situated on the first floor of chemical laboratory,

bacteriological laboratory and storeroom giving on overall total floor area of not less than

30 m2.

There shall be external windows along at least one third of the total peripheral wall

length of the laboratory to allow working to occur during normal day light hours without

the use of auxiliary light sources.

The contractor shall submit with his tender drawings the overall arrangement of the

laboratory area. Thee drawings shall be of such scale I (at least 1.50) and details to

enable the contractor’s internal regarding laboratory configurations and internal

arrangements to be clear and peruse. Later drawing (within four months of tender

acceptance) shall include the positions of RCC platform revolving steel stools, tables,

fume cupboards, sinks, cone drains water standard taps, 5 and 15 Amp. plug point and

stability indicator, internal wall divisions, room doors and windows, wall cupboards

shelving steel racks, exhaust fan wall clock tables, chairs and steel store well etc,

complete shall be shown.

10.2.1 LABORATORY FURNITURE & FITTINGS: Laboratory furniture and fittings shall be of a quality appropriate to a water works

laboratory and conform to all relevant Indian Standards in addition to the requirements

given herein. 10.2.2 PLATFORM:

RCC platform suitable for laboratory testing purpose. The width and shall De 0.75 mt, and length 5.00 mt. The item includes 4 Nos vertical

and horizontal partition of Kota stone for supporting platform suitable for fixing shutters

and drawers as per the instruction of Engineer- in-charge. Contractor shall provide

necessary shutters and drawers made from approved quality ply wood and sun mica.

The top and sides of the platform shall be covered with glazed tiles of approved quality

and size. The vertical wall above the platform up to lintel level shall also be covered with

white glazed tiles.



10.2.3 TOOLS: The contractor shall supply a minimum of 4 Nos. revolving steel stools suitable for use at

the platform and 2 Nos. steel tables for the work.

10.2.4 WALL CUPBOARDS: Wall cupboards 2 Nos. shall he provided in the General Chemical Laboratory to give a

minimum available shelf area of 1.20 square meters. The cupboard shall be in harmony

with platform. Each cupboard shall be made from teak wood frame with glass pane of

required size with Kota stone partitions.

10.2.5 SHELVING: Fixed shelving of Kota stone shall be provided in the store room attached to the wall

switch a minimum shelf area of 2 square meters maximum height from ground 1800 MM.

The shelving shall be suitable for the storage of laboratory apparatus, chemical and

consumables. The shelving shall be supported with Kota stone bracket of required size

and nos.

10.3 RACKS: The contractor shall supply steel rack 2 Nos. of size 0.90 x .80 mt.

10.3.1 PUMPING, SINKS & TAPS: General chemical laboratory shall be fitted with a stainless steel sinks of minimum basic

size (LWB) 430 mm x 355 mm x 180 mm within adjacent integral single stainless steel

drainer. The sink and drainer to be on a level with the adjacent platform tops.

The General chemical laboratory shall have at least one single outlet swan neck cold-

water standard tap for burette washing.

The contractor shall supply water system to the laboratory area, including a connection

to a continuously available potable water source and pipe work within the laboratory

area. In the design of the installation the contractor shall size his pipe work such that

each outlet delivers approximately to 10 liters per minute at a pressure of 1.75 - 2.00

bars when half the total number of water taps are in operation.

The pipes shall be with appropriate clips of saddles fixed to the racking or structure at

1200 mm. maximum centers. Adequate numbers of draw off taps and stop valves shall

be provided to allow sections of the installation to be isolated and drained down.

All water taps shall be made of brass and finished in matt block protective paint except

the taps over the stainless steel sinks which shall be chrome finished. All operating

handles shall be of the cruciform shape line the letter “X”.

All water taps over cone drains shall be of the fixed swan neck tap with corrugated

nozzles suitable for 8 mm to 13 mm bore flexible tubing.

10.3.2 WASTE PIPE: All waste pipes and fittings shall be of acid resistant material. All sinks and cone drains shall be supplied with traps. These shall be easily removable

and be of the “cups” or “bottle” type.

The waste pipes shall run from the traps on sinks and drain outlets to suitable

connection points. Waste pipes shall be connected to the drainage system at these



connection points using purpose made stack pipes with branch connections.

The waste pipes shall be arranged such that they fail uniformly from their highest points

to the connection to the stack pipes.

The self-cleaning velocities shall bb; achieved in the pipes to allow required emptying of

sinks.

All connections on the waste system shall be gas tight and venting shall be external.

Sufficient rodding eyes shall be provided in accessible positions on the waste pipes to

allow all the waste system to be rodded. To reduce block age the number of sharp

returns shall be kept to the minimum.

10.3.3 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION: The contractor shall supply all the complete electrical system fro71 the distribution

section of the main control panel to laboratory area panel including the lighting system,

power outlets, and exhaust fan.

10.3.4 LIGHTING : Ceiling lighting shall be provided to enable an illumination of 150 lum level to be

achieved at all working surfaces in the laboratory area. Control switches shall be suitably

positioned adjacent to the relevant room door.

10.3.5 SWITCH SOCKET OUTLETS(SSO):

At least 5 double 15 Amp. SSO’s and 5 double 5 Amp. SSO’s shall be provided to serve

the laboratories, houses in mounting boxes on the platform over the service voids

against the skirting or on separate service racks provided at Platform. These SSO’s shall

be uniformly distributed between the platforms within the laboratories.

In addition, each fume cupboard shall have double 5 and 15 Imp. SSO’s from mounted

and single outlet SSO’s shall be located at low level on the laboratory walls for specific

purpose including the provision of power for refrigerator in the bacteriological laboratory

and at least low level 15 Amp. SSO’s shall be provided for general purpose in each

room. 10.3.6 CLOCK:

The contractor shall provide a 250 mm diameter wall mounted clock in the General

Chemical Laboratory. A battery operated electronic quartz clock gravity make would be

desirable. 10.3.7 DOORS:

The doors to the storeroom and main door to the Laboratory area shall be lockable. All

internal doors shall be provided with safety viewing windows.

10.3.8 FLOORS: Floor covering material shall be tiles in light Shades fixed in white cement mortar with

150 mm high skirting and to be of a style compatible with the overall laboratory colour

scheme. 10.4 ELECTRIC SUPPLY:

All equipment shall be compatible with 230/250/v 50 Hz, single-phase electricity supply

to the laboratory area.



10.5 OPERATING & MAINETNANGE INSTRUMENTS: Each item of apparatus and each instrument shall be supplied with five sets of operating

and maintenance manuals in English. The maintenance sections of the manuals shall

include a section of fault finding and possible cure and the names and address of spare

part suppliers.

10.6 SITE INSTRUCTIONS: During the commissioning period, the contractor shall instruct the works chemical and

operating staff on the routine use of all the apparatus and equipment supplied by him for

sampling analysis and examinations of the water sin the works and in the distribution

system. Instructions shall be for at least 2 months period for the operating staff.

Following the commissioning period instructions shall continue for a period of 12 months

under the contractor’s !raining officer and under the contractor’s chemists. 10.7 USE OF LABORATORY BY THE CONTRACTOR:

The contractor may use a section of the laboratory space and platform for his own

purpose in connection with the contract and to facilitate the proper testing and

commissioning of the work. 10.8 SUPPLY OF LABORATORY INSTRUMENTS:

The agency has to provide scientific instruments, chemicals and glassware minimum) as per the appended here with of required capacity as per norms. A) SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS: Sr.No Name of instrument No. Make

1 pH meter 1 Systonix, Elico & Emere etc.

2 Nefelow Turbidity meter 1 -do- 3 Conductivity meter 1 -do-

4 Flocculator 1 -do-

5 Chloroscope with chlorine dose 1 Lowibond (0 to 2 PPM)



CHEMICAL ANALYSIS:

10.9



SECTION -11 MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP

1. INTRODUCTION : This part of the specification sets out the general standards of the materials, workmanship and plant design to be supplied by the Contractor and mention of any specific materials or plant does not necessarily imply that such is indulged in the works.

The Engineer shall have power to reject defective parts of parts thereof, which do not comply with the specifications. The contractor at his cost shall replace such parts.

COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS : Where reference is made in this specification to a standard or code of practice issued by the Indian Standard Institution or the British Standard Institution or their equivalent, this shall be deemed to refer to any of the standard or organization referred to in this specification.

Only standards amended to date shall because for reference and where it is not specifically stated, the works ‘or equipment’ shall apply.

2. MSP CEMENT SPECIFICATION

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

2.1 ORDINARY PORTLAND CEMENT : When tested in accordance with the methods give in IS 4032-1968 low heat Portland cement shall comply with the following requirements to its chemical composition.

The percentage of lime after deduction of that necessary to combine with the sulfuric a hydride percent shall be :

Not more 2.4 (Sio2)+ (1.2 A12 03) + 0.65 (Fe2 03)

Not less than 1.9 (Si02 + 1.2 AIx03) + 0.65Fe203)

Note : Each symbol brackets refers to the percentage (by mass of total cement) of the oxide excluding any contained in the insoluble residue referred to at Sr. No. (iii) of Table-I.

2.2.1 In all other respects low heat Portland cement shall comply with the requirements specified at Sr. No. (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) in Table -I.



TABEL- I CHEMICAL REQUIREMENT

FOR ORDINARY PORTLAND CEMENT

3. PHYSICAL REQUIREMENT : 3.1 FINENESS :

When tested for fineness in terms on specific surface by Blains Air permeability method as described in IS 4031-1968 the cement shall comply with the following requirement.

Type of cement Specific surface cm2/g

Ordinary Not less than 2.250 Low heat not

less than 3.200

3.2 SOUNDNESS: 3.2.1 when tested by the lechatelier method described in IS 4031-1968 underrated ordinary and lower heat Portland cement shall not have an expansion for more than

10 mm

3.2.1.1 In the event of the cements failing to comply with the above require met a further test shall be made by the "lechatelier” method described in IS 4031-1968 from another portion of the same sample, after aeration by being spread out to a depth of 75 mm at a relative humidity of 50 to 80 percent for a total period of 7 days when the expansion of each of the two types of cement mentioned above shall not be more than 5 mm.

3.2.2 Underrated ordinary and low heat Portland cements having a magnesia cement of more than percent shall be tested for soundness by autoclave test described in IS 4031-1968 and shall not have an expansion of more than 0.8 percent. However, if specified by the purchaser at the time of placing the order cements having a magnesia content of less than or equal to 3 percent shall be also tested for autoclave expansion as described in IS 4031-1968 and shall not have an expansion of more than 0.8 percent.

3.3 SETTING TIME : The setting time of the cements when tested by the vicarapparatus method

Sr. Characteristic Requirement No.

1. Ratio of % of lime to allumina and iron Not grater than 9.02 and not oxide when calculated by the formula less than 0.66

2.8 SiO2 + 1.2 AI2O3 _ 065 Fe2 03)

2. Ratio of % of allumina to that of iron oxide Not less than of 0.66

3. Insoluble residue, % by mass Not less than 2.0%

4. Magnesia % by pass Not more than 6% 5. Total sulfate content calculated as S02 2.75 to 3.00 where is 7 or percentage by mass % by mass less & tricalsium aluminate greater than 7 respectively.

6. Total loss on igniter not more than 5%



described in Is 4031-1968 shall confirm to thefollowing requirements. Ordinary Low heat

a) Initial setting time in minutes not less than 30 160

b) Final setting Time in minutes not more than 600 600

3.4 COMPARATIVE STRENGTH :

The average compressive strength of at least three mortar cubes (area of face 50 sq.mc.) composed of one part of cement three parts of standard sand (conforming to IS 560-1966) by mass and P14 + 3.0 percent of combined mass of cement plus sand) Water and prepared stored and tested in the manner described in IS 4031-1968 shall be as material follows:

3.5 By agreement between the purchaser and manufacture transverse strength test of plastic motor in accordance with the method described in IS 4031-1968 may be specified in addition to the test specified in 5.4. The permissible values of the transverse strength for ordinary Portland cement shall be mutually agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier at the time of placing order. 3.6 Not with standing the strength requirements specified in 5.4 and 5.5 ordinary and low heat Portland cements shall show a progressive increase in strength from the strength at 72 h.

3.7 Heat of Hydration :

This requirement shall apply only to low heat cement when testedby the method in Is - 4031-1968 the heat of hydration of Portlandcement shall be as followings :

a) 7 days not more than 65 coal/9 and,

b) 23 days not more than 75 coal/9.

4. STORAGE : 4.1 The Cement shall be stored in such a manner as to permit easy access for

proper inspection and identification and in a suitable weather tight building to protect the cement from dampness and to minimize warehouse deterioration

5. MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATE : 5.1 The manufacturer shall satisfy himself that the cement conforms to the

requirements of this standard and if requested shall furnish a certificate to this effect to the purchaser of his representative within ten days of dispatch of the cement.

6. BASIS OF PURCHASE : 6.1 The purchaser shall specify the type of types of cement desired when no type is



specified the requirements of ordinary Portland cement shall govern. 7. DELIVERY :

7.1 The cement shall be packed- in bags (jute laminated CRI Type) multiply paper or polyethylene lined) bearing the manufacturer’s name, his registered trade mark if any, the words ordinary Portland cement or low heat Portland cement (depending upon the type of cement and the number of bags (not less) to the tonne or the approximate net mass of the cement shall be legibly marked in each bag. Bags shall be in good condition at the time of inspection. 7.1.1 similar information shall be provided in the delivery advises

accompanying the shipment of packed or bulk cement Sec. 7.3) 7.1.2 the bags or packages may also be marked with the ISI certification

mark. 7.2 The net mass of each bag shall be 50 kg. The permissible tolerance on the

mass of cement supplied in bags shall be plus or minus 2.5 percent per bag with in over all tolerance of plus or minus 0.5 percent per Wagon load of 20 to 25 Tonne.

7.3 Supplies of cement in bulk may be made by arrangement between the purchaser and the supplier ( a manufacturer or stockiest.)

8. SAMPLING :

8.1 Sampling or samples for testing may be taken by the purchaser or his representative or by any person to superintend the work for purpose of which the cement is required or by the latter’s representative.

8.1.1 The samples shall be taken within one week of the delivery and all the tests shall be commenced within one week of sampling.

8.2 In addition to the requirements of 8.1, the methods, and procedure of sampling shall be in accordance with IS 3535-1966.

8.3 The manufacturer of supplier shall afford every facility and shall provide all labour and materials far taking and packing the samples for testing the cement and for subsequent identification of cement sampled.

9. TESTS: 9.1 The sample samples of cement for test shall be taken as described in 10 and

shall be tested in the manner described in the relevant clauses. 9.2 The temperature range within which physical tests may be carried out shall be

as far as possible be plus ormolus 2 degrees C. The actual temperature during the testing shall be recorded.

9.3 The quantity of water required to produce a paste of standard consistency to be used for the determination of the water content of mortar for the compressive strength tests and for the determination of soundness and setting time shall be obtained by the method described in IS 4031-1968.

9.4 If the purchaser or his representative required independent tests the samples shall be taken before or immediately after delivery at the option of the purchase or his representative and the tests shall be carried out in accordance with this standard on the written instructions of the purchaser or his representative.

9.4.1 The manufacturer shall supply free of charge therequirements for testing unless otherwise specified in the inquiry and order the cost of the tests shall be borne as follows: a) By the manufacturerif the results show that the cement does not comply with the requirement of this standard and b) By three purchaserif the results show that the cementcomplies with the requirements of this standard 9.4.2 After representative sample



has been drawn tests on the sample shall be carried out as expeditiously as possible.

10. REJECTION : 10.1 Cement may be rejected if it does not comply with any of therequirements of this specification. 10.2 Cement remaining in bulk storage at the mill prior to shipment formore than six months or cement in bags in local storage in the hands of a vendor for more than 3 months after completing of tests may be rejected before used and may be rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of this specifications.

11.1 MATERIALS GENERAL : All materials incorporated in the works shall be the most suitable for the duty concerned and shall be new and of first class commercial quality free from imperfection and selected for long life and minimum maintenance. All submerged moving parts of the plants shall be of corrosion resisting metals. All parts indirect contact with various chemicals shall be completely resistant to corrosion or abrasion by these chemicals and shall also maintain their properties without again due to the passage of time, exposure to light or any other cause. Particular attention shall be paid to prevention of corrosion due to close proximity of dissimilar metals.

11.2 WORKMANSHIP GENERAL : Workmanship and general finish shall be of first class quality and in accordance with the best workmanship practice and shall provide what is generally recognized as “Water Works, Finish”.

All similar items of plants and spares shall be perfectly interchangeable. All equipment’s shall operate without excessive vibrations and with minimum of noise. Dust proof casing shall be provided wherever necessary all equipment shall operate without excessive vibrations and with minimum of noise. Dust proof casing shall be provided wherever necessary.

11.3 ERECTION GENERAL : All equipment shall be erected true to the designed level, line and equipment. It shall be the contractor’s responsibility to see that the alignment of the plant is well maintained during the tenure of the contract. All moving, rotating parts shall be in balance statically and dynamically so that when running at normal to maximum load, there is no vibration due to imbalance. The entire erection of the equipment shall be as per manufacturer’s directions, if any. All directive marks like arrow, open close positions of valves, upper and downward side etc, shall be carefully examined before fixing the instruments in position. All holes required for fixing the pipes small plant items, conduits cable trays, etc. shall be drilled by the contractor and all fastening and fixing work shall be carried out before the final plastering is done. The cost of drilling holes and providing fastenings shall be included in the contract price. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for security against thefts, breakage, etc. before actually taxing the possession of the plant. No extra charge will be paid by the Employer on this account.

11.4 DESIGN LIFE : All materials and equipment shall be designed for long life and shall be suitable for



continuous 24 hours per day operation for prolonged period with a minimum of maintenance and contractor may be called upon to demonstrate this for any component either by the service record of similar equipment elsewhere or by records of extensive type tests. Except for consumable items such as gland packing carbon brushes etc. which normally required replacement more frequently, no part, subject to wear shall have a life from new to replacement or repair of less than years of continuous normal operation and where major dismounting is required to replace a part, such life shall be not less than ten years.

11.5 METAL WORKS : All metals used in the works shall be most suitable for the purpose. The equipment-manufactured insteps shall be pre-painted or coated by the manufacturer to give a standard finish. All metal work assembled in the plant shall be thoroughly cleaned decreased, dried before painting. All parts subjected to hydraulic pressure tests shall be painted after the tests are successfully carried out. Generally four coats concerned surface shall be applied. The coats shall be of different shades of distinguish them from each other.

11.6 WELDING : In all cases where welds are liable to be highly stressed the contractor shall supply to the Engineer before fabrication commences detailed drawings of all sleds and weld preparation proposed. No such welding shall be Carryout before the Engineer has signified his approval of the details proposed. No alternations shall be made to any previously approved detailed of weld preparation without prior approval of the Engineer. Welders shall be qualified in accordance with the requirements of appropriate section of Indian standards. All tests, if required, shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer.

11.7 CASTINGS : All cast iron shall be of standard Greg close- quality to appropriate Indian standard or better. The structure of the castings shall be homogeneous and free from non-metallic inclusions and other injurious defects. All surfaces of castings, which are not machined, shall be smooth and shall be carefully fettled to remove all foundry irregularities. Minor defects not exceeding 12.5 percent of total metal thickness and which will not ultimately affect the strength and serviceability of the casting may be prepared by approved welding techniques. The Engineer shall be notified or large defects and no repair welding of such defects shall be carried out without prior approval. If the removal of metal for repair should reduce the stress-resisting cross section of the casting by more than 25% (percent) or to such an extent that the computed stress in the remaining metal exceeds the allowable stress by more than 25 percent then that casting may be rejected. Casting repaired by welding for major defects shall be stress relieved after such welding. Non-destructive tests will be required for any casting containing defects whose extent cannot otherwise be judged or to determine that repair welds have been properly made.



11.8 FORGING : All major stress-bearing forging shall be made to a standard specification, which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before work is commenced. They shall be subject to internal examination and non-destruction tests for the detection of flaws and shall be heat-treated for the relief of residual stresses. The name of the maker and particulars of the heat treatment proposed for each such forging shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Engineer may inspect such forging at the place of manufacture with a representative of the contractor.

11.9 NUTS, BOLTS, STUIDS & WASHERS : Nuts, bolts, studs and washers for in corporation in the plant shall conform to the requirements of the appropriate Indian or other approved standard. Nuts and bolts for pressure parts shall be of the best quality bright steel machined on the shank and under the head and nut. Bolts shall be of sufficient length so that on thread shall show through the nuts when in the fully tightened conditions. Fitted bolts shall be a light driving fit in the reamed holes they occupy. Shall have the screwed portion of a diameter such that it will not be demanded in driving and shall be marked in a conspicuous position to ensure correct assembly at site. Washers, locking devices and anti-vibration arrangements shall be provided where necessary and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Where bolts pass through structural members, taper washers shall be fitted where necessary to ensure that no bending stress is caused in the bolt. Where that is a risk of corrosion, bolts and studs shall be designed to that the maximum stress in the bolt and nut does not exceed half the yelled stress of the materials under all conditions. All bolts, nuts and screws, which are submerged in water, shall be made of nickel-bearing stainless steel.

11.10 TOOLS: A Complete set of necessary special tools and test equipment shall be supplied by the Contractor to enable any erection dismantling or testing to be carried out on any part of the plant, whether of an electrical, mechanical or any other nature during the life of the plant and shall be listed separately. The tools shall not be used for the erection of the equipment’s being supplied and must be handed over to the Engineer in a completely new and unused conditions. The tools provided shall include wrenches, grease guns band any other special tools, gauges, test rigs, jigs that may be required during the life of the plant.

11.11 PAINTING :

All items of metal work shall be thoroughly washed dried., cleaned, and decreased before application of any paint. Normally the initial coats shall be applied in the manufacturer’ ship. After arrival of the equipment on site, the same shall be inspected and damaged portions shall be cleaned and given the primer and under coat of similar paint. After erection all metal work shall be painted as follows :

(a) Surface painted with red oxide of iron primer or with oil based under coats shall receive two under coats and one finishing coat of an approved oil based paint.

(b) Bituminous painted surfaces shall receive two coats approved bituminous paint.

(c) Galvanized surfaces shall be primed with chromate primer followed by two under coats and one finishing coat of approved oil base paint. (d) All indoor parts, instruments and electrical equipment shall be chromium or copper nickel-plated.



The following Table gives the nature of surfaces and paints to be used. The

Contractor shall study and follow this property.

Sr. Surface Treatment

No. 0. All railings,

Mild steel ladders, pipe : Galvanization and two coats of for water supply, flooring etc. approved oil approved

shades

1. Submerged metallic parts and their bituminous paint

projections above water level

2. Metal parts above water level Approved oil paint of

approved shades.

3. All indoor fixtures parts, instruments Chromium or nickel plating.

etc. Equipment, panels, etc.

The contractor shall clearly indicate the surface treatment for all metallic parts of the plants in the schedule of particulars in details

11.12 PROTECTION AND PACKING FOR TRANSPORTATION : Before any plant is dispatched from the manufacturer’s works it shall be properly prepared and packed and the contractor shall give the Engineer at least fourteen days notice that preparations are to commence. Prior to dispatch all plant shall be adequately protected by painting or by other approved means for the whole period of transit storage and erection, against corrosion and incidental damage, including the effects of cermin, sunlight, rain, high, temperature and humid atmospheres. The plant shall be packed to withstand rough handling in transit and all packing shall be suitable for storage including possible delays in transit. The contractor shall be deemed to have included in the Schedule of process for all materials and packing cases necessary for the safe packing, conveyance and delivery of the plant. The flanges of pipes, valves and fittings shall be protected by wooden disc. Attached by means of service bolts (which shall not be used at site) or by other approved means. The sleeves and flanges of flexible couplings shall be handled by wire. Causes containing rubber rings. Bolts and other small items shall not normally weight more than 500 kg. Gross No one package or bcindle shall contain items of plant intended for incorporation in more than one section of the works. All items of plant shall be clearly marked for identification against the packing list. Every crate or package shall contain a packing list in a waterproof envelope. A duplicate copy of the packing list shall be sent by post to the Engineer’s Representative at site. All creates packing etc. shall be clearly marked with a water proof material to show the weight and where the slings should be attached and shall also have an indelible identification mark relating them to the packing lists.

11.13 ALLOWANCE FOR WASTAGE : The contractor shall supply as specified and to the satisfaction of the Engineer reasonable excess quantities to cover wastage of those materials, which will be



normally subject to waste during erection, commissioning and setting. to work.

11.14 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS : The contractor shall provide an adequate supply of approved fire extinguishers and refills for the works in these regards he shall consult the Engineer as to the suitability of the appliance, which he proposes to supply.

11.15 FIRST AID FACILITIES : The Contractor shall provide complete that first aid facilities for this staff (and others) till the date of the handling over the works. The facilities shall be fully available on the day of the commencement of erection of the plant.

11.16 LIGHTING: The contractor shall ensure that any structure or installation provided by him in adequately designed to minimize damage to the works from lighting. Lighting conductors shall be designed in accordance with the latest edition of the appropriate Indian Standard core of practice.

11.17 PIPES AND PIPE WORK : Pipes carrying raw, settled or filtered water shall be cast iron. Pipes carrying air shall be cast iron. Pipes carrying chemical solutions or suspensions or gases shall be selected according to the properties of H of the chemical. Jointing shall be kept to a minimum All-flexible pipes shall be supported on walls etc, to avoid sagging. Drain cocks shall be provided to empty the pipes wherever necessary.

All pipes work and fittings etc, shall conform to the arrest revision of the appropriate Indian Standards and shall be to a class in excess of the maximum pressure they will attain in service including any surge pressure and shall be supplied by an approved manufacturer.

Proper indication colour code shall be provided as per the standard practice, in consultation with the representative of as Engineer.

The pipe work installation shall be so arranged to office or dismantling and removal of pumps or other major items of equipment. The can conveniently be done by the use of the Flange adducer.

All pipes shall be tested at the manufacturer’s work at twice the working head of 1 1/2 times the maximum work head whichever is great.

The internal surface of al pipe work should be through clear before and during erection and before the pipe work is placed commission. All underground pipelines shall be properly painted as per the standard practice. The cast iron pipes with spigot and socket and case shall also comply with the relevant Indian Standards as equivalent non-standard specials shall be avoided. Steel pipe work shall process for all materials and packing cases necessary for the safe packing, conveyance and delivery galvanized steel pipes shall confirm to the proper Indian Standards. Lining of all pipe line shall be carried out as per the contract drawings and pipes in trenches shall be laid to uniform inclination and supported on a bed of granular material prior to testing and back-filling and the contractor shall be responsible for setting that the work is carry out efficiently.

11.18 VALVES:

All valves to be supplied and fixed in this plant shall be of ISI marked only. All valves shall be designed for manual operations, unless specified otherwise. These will be tested at the manufacturer’s shop and such test certificate shall be provided on



demand.

All packing glands shall permit replacement of packing while the valve is on lines. All valves shall have open/close rotational directions marked clearly on the wheels.

Manual operation of valves shall be possible against the maximum unbalanced head, gearing being provided as necessary.

Sluice valves shall be given gunmetal faces and guides and shall not be installed in an inverted position. It shall be possible either to remove replace or condition the valves seats and to remove the gates without removing the valves from the pipe work. For this purpose, suitable flange adopters may be provided.

Butter fly valves shall have high nitrate rubber seats preferably metal reinforce, unless otherwise specified and shall be installed in the pipe work in such a manger that they can easily be removed from the line for dismantling and replacement of the rubber seats.

The non-return valves on the main pump delivery branches shall possess high speed closing characteristic with minimum shock on closing where the valves are required to be operated electrically, actuators, shall be sized to guarantee valve closure at the maximum possible differential pressure across the valve. Each actuator shall be supplied complete with installation instructions and wiring diagrams and sufficient spare parts. Valves used on chemical line shall be manufactured of materials suitable for the purpose and to withstand the corrosive and aggressive action of the chemicals concerned. Valves used on sludge conveyance piping etc. sill be straight type and non checkable.

Each valve or its operation equipment shall bear an approval nameplate stating its function. All operation spindles, gears and headstocks shall be provided with adequate points for lubrications.

11.19 AIR BLOWR/COMPRESSOR : The suitable capacity compressor /blower shall be supplied by the contractor for a mixed water and air wash to filters. The blowers shall be of the twin Lola type/root type to be provided with inlet filter and silencer and the entire unit shall be complete with water- cooling system, driven by squirrel cage induction motors. The units shall be complete with reflux, stop and safety valves etc.

A spare pulley shall be provided for each unit so that the blower speed can be reduced by 10% to reduce output. It also includes on no. unit as stand bye set.

11.20 WEIGHING SCALE :

The weighing scale shall be of platform type, consisting of compound levers, platform goods, and receptacle and coupled to a dial type indicator. The design manufacture, testing erection and commissioning of the weighting scale shall conform to the latest revision of the relevant IS Code.

The platform shall be capable of accepting concentrated loads and shall be provided with a locking arrangements which will permit replacement of the load continuously on it without its weight being transferred to the levees and the measuring system.

The weighting scale shall be used for weighing alum, blocks, chlorine drums and other such chemical that may be used for the water treatment process from time to time and the scale shall be adequately designed for this. One number of 2000 kgs. Weighing capacity with platform and dial type to be supplied. One number of 500 kgs.



Weighting capacity with platform lever type to be supplied.

11.21 GENERAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS :

The following specifications shall be applicable to all the electrical equipment furnished and erected under this contract. Item of work not specifically stated in this specification, but which are necessary for meeting the requirements of this specification shall be included in this scope. The equipment offered shall comply with the relevant Indian Standards or equivalent standards. The electrical equipment/installation shall comply with the requirements of the Indian Electricity Rules, Indian electricity Act, Indian Electricity (Supply), Act, and Tahoe Indian Factories Act. For the purpose of designing equipment in ambient temperature of 50 C should be considered.

The equipment’s offered shall be suitable for installation and trouble free operation in the climatic conditions. The contractor shall design all the electrical equipment like switchboard, motors starters, controls etc, and submit a detailed drawings. All the equipment shall be designed as per the standard code of practice and in conformity with the specifications.



GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS INSTRUCTIONS

The electrical installation shall comply wherever applicable with current codes and standards of Indian Standards institute lS-732-1968 IS Guide for electrical layout in residential buildings.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP : All the materials, fittings, used in the electrical installations shall conform to the Indian Standard Specification wherever these exist. In the case of materials for which Indian Standard Specifications do not exist, samples shall be submitted for the Engineer’s approval.

11.22 ELECTRIC MOTORS: Squirrel cage induction motors suitable for 425 V+ 6% phase 50 Hertz + 3% A.C. supply shall be provided. All motor shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled, capable of running continuously at a brake horse power not less than 10% in excess of that absorbed by the plant under any operation conditions.

Ambient Temperature Insulation insulation’s. Enclosure

Cooling Bearings

Terminal Box shall be insulated with Class-B

Enclosure for indoor use shall be pun and for outdoors use IP 55 as per lS:4691. Cooling shall be ICO 141 as per lS:6362

Bearings shall be plain or roller type. Bearing number shall be punched on the nameplate of each motor. Terminal box shall be suitable for aluminum cable and can be rotated in 900.

11.23 MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE : M.C.C. shall be free standing, single, front non-drought compartmentalized. Similar to Semen’s CI sheet CI portion shall be given decreasing, defusing phophating and passivation treatment followed by 2 coats staved primer and 2 coats of final paint staved enamel M.C.C. enclosure shall be IP 42.

BUSBARS : Electrolytic copper bus bars of a rating 50 mm x 6 mm ! phase and 25 mm x 3 mm / Natural shall be provided. Bus bars shall be supported by cast raisin insulators. Porcelain insulators are not acceptable. The Mechanical and electric strength of bus bars, connections and supports shall be able to withstand the worst conditions of electrical short circuits, bus bars shall be housed in a top bush or chamber of the M.C.B. and shall be wrapped

500 C All

motors



with colour coated polyester taps. A earth busher of 25 mm x 3 mm shall be provided at the bottom of the M.C.C.

SWITCHGEAR : All the switcher components shall be either Simmons/Larsen and Turbo Culture Hammer E.E. make only. All switches shall be interlocked with the door. Such the door cannot be opened while the switches are in “NO” position. Terminals shall be of Elemex make.

WIRING : Inter panel wiring shall be done with 650/1100 V grade P.V.C. insulated copper wire only. Minimum size of power wire shall be 4 sq. mm and control wire 2.5 sq.mm. 20% spare feeders of starter 1 No. feeder for lighting and 1 No. feeder for welding shall be provided.

11.24 CAPACITORS: Motor shall is necessary be provided with separate capacitors to correct the power factor of the machine to 0.90 logging or above. Unless otherwise specified all capacitors shall be of the sealed unit pattern, comprising paper, foil or plastic film impregnated with oil or synthetic electrolyte. Capacitors shall comprise assembly of units mounted on frames with suitable trucking screening inter-connections or shall be housed in ventilated sheet steel enclosures. In either case capacitors shall be complete with all necessary inter-connections, discharge devices, protective fuses and terminals for the connections of a 3-care supply cable. A removable underlined cable gland plate shall be provided.

11.25 CABLES: All power and control cable Shaklee be 650/1100 grade PVC insulated, round wire/flat wire armored PVC overall sheeted as per IS 1554 minimum size conductor for power and control cable shall be 2.5 sq.mm copper. Cables for motor rates below 7.5 H.P. shall be provided with 6 sq.mm. aluminum conductor contractor shall offer cables after considering debating factor like ambient temperature, grouping, factor etc. Cable shall be of CCI/ICCI/Asian Cable/Fort glisters make only.

11.26 LIGHT FIXTURES : All equipment rated 220 V above shall be earthen with copper wire/strips at a minimum two places and equipment rates below 220 V shall be earthen at one place. An earthling loop shall be provided and connected to main earthling grid. Also minimum two earth pits shall be provided. Earthling for lighting arrestor shall be provided separately.

11.27 INSTALLATION METHODS: (A) GENERAL

All cables where required to be run on walls ceilings or other building structure shall uncles so other wise agreed by the Engineer be secured on tray or enclosed in

conduit or trucking.

Every cable whether in or out of sight shall be neatly run vertically, horizontally or parallel to adjacent walls, beams or structural members. Where the building structures incorporate purpose built covered duct/trench systems for main cables,



heavy cables may be laid on the floors of such trances but shall power cables, control protection and instrumentation cables shall be segregated and installed on tray work or otherwise secured to the walls of the trenches. Where the structures incorporate general service deducts/trenches containing pipe work, chemical and other services all cabling shall be segregated from other service and run on the trench walls. Throughout the installation due regard shall be paid to the spacing of cabling maintain current ratings, to prevent interference between power and signal cables and to avoid unnecessary crossovers.

All cabling throughout the installation shall be fixed with purpose-designed clamps, clots or saddles. Saddles for small power and control cables may be fabricated from PVC covered metal strapping. Self-locking plastic buckle clips and strapping shall not be used.

(B) TRAY : Cable trays shall be of perforated Mild Steel with formed flanges and PVC sheathed throughout or approved rigid plastic. Where steel trays are not end shaped on site out edges shall be painted with at least two coats of polyurethane based painted. Where steel trays are not end shaped on site out edges shall be painted with at least two coats of polyurethane based paint. All boles for fixing cables clips, rocks, trays, cleats, and appliances to the building structure shall be made neatly with a rotary drill, not of the percussion type. A simple shot cartridge tool may be used only at the discretion of the Engineer. Any damage caused by the Contractor to surface shall be made good by the contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

(C) CONDUIT : All circuit shall be either hot dipped galvanized or rigid PVC Stove enameled conduit shall not be used without the written permission of the Engineer Conduit shall be run on the surface or sunk as specified, be neatly arranged and ways shall be provided for additional conduits at all distribution boards. The sizes of conduit used shall be determined by the number of cables to be drawn in as scheduled in the I.E. regulations or as specified for a particular position but in no case shall conduit smaller than 20 mm dia meter be used. Sunk and concealed conduit systems shall support fittings independently or any false coiling. The conduits shall be screwed into spout outlets of conduit boxes or where fixed to boxes drilled with properly sized clearance holes they shall be secured by means of sockets and hexagon bushes. All threads shall be cut clean and all burs shall be recovering with a reamer. All bends and sets shall be formed in the conduit itself, factory mead bands not being installed without the written permission of the Engineer. The radius of beans shall not be less than that given in I.E. Regulations.

Standard junction or adaptable boxes shall be provided at all junctions and at sharp changes of direction in addition to any other special position where they are called for by the Engineer on site. Steel or malleable cast iron inspection couplers may be used in long run to facilitate drawing in cables. Particular care must be tank to ensure that no water is allowed to enter the conduit at any time and all conduits shall be arranged with adequate ventilation and drainage where necessary as directed by the Engineer. In accessible junction boxes will not be allowed. Only continuous lengths buried conduit shall be installed between boxes, no joining boxes being allowed in the floor screws. Conduits crossing expansion joints shall be fitted with couplings of approved



manufacture with an earthling clip at each side of the coupling, connected by correct size of tinned copper standard wire. The ends of conduits laid or set in formwork prior to converting shall be temporarily sealed off with a coupler and a solid brass plug.

Fixing to surfaces of walls shall be by means of spacer bar sad secure be fixed with screws Where conduits are concealed or laid in constructional floors, they shall be held in position with substantial fixings of a make and pattern to be approved by Engineer. They are to be of the screwed pattern and stove enameled black inside and out, except where used in conjunction with galvanized conduit, where they shall be galvanized by the hot process. All conduit fittings not carrying accessories shall be supplied with flat covers fixed in position with round head brass or related screws. Rubber gaskets being utilized where galvanized conduit is specified.

Adopter boxes shall be constructed of minimum 2.6 mm sheet steel or best quality cast iron finished as previously detailed for conduit boxes & sized to prevent the undue packing of cables in them. Whether proof boxes & accessories shall be used outdoors, where agreed on site by the Engineer or where indicated on the specifications and drawings.

Conduit shall be installed such as to permit complete requiring without the need to remove false ceilings or carry buildings work. Cables for drawing into conduit shall be single core PVC insulated, non-sheeted, 1000 V grade & shall be colored to indicate phase and neutral carried in accordance with the i.e. Regulations, care is to be tank in the number of cables in conduit and in no case shall conduit enclose more cables than set out in the i.e. Regulations. No single conduit serving a single-phase socket outlet lighting point or switch shall contain more than one phase.Wiring shall be carried out on the looping in system & no joints other than at looping in points will be allowed.Junction adopter boxes shall be made from galvanized steel or rigid PVC as appropriate to the type of installation & be provided with gasket flat covers secured with brass or plates screws.

IDENTIFICATION :

Each & Every cable shall be permanently identified at each by its cable number as shown on the cable schedule. Cable markets shall comprise semi-rigid blade PVC carryover strip & small axially by means of two PVC covered aluminum strips (Beta strip) with buckles.

Cable makers shall also be installed at entry and exist points of buried ducts, exists from buildings & in such other positions as are necessary to identify & trace the route of any cable. All power cable shall be connecting phase sequence & phase colour coding is preserved throughout the system. All such cables shall be identified with phase colours for 3 & 4 wire system and red and, black for single phase.

On rotating plant where to achieve the required direction of rotation it is not possible to connect the phase cores to the appropriately identified terminals then special core fernrles shall be fixated to identify each core with the terminal to which it is finally connected. In addition, control cables shall have individual cores identified by means of suitable permanent ferrules hearing the same numbers at both ends. Core identification shall occur at every point of termination using an approved system of



ferrule market. At these points of interconnection between wiring ferrule shall be provided on each wire. The change on numbering shall be shown on the wiring diagrams of the equipment on which the care made. Where the termination of control cable cores or the supervision of termination of cores is specified as being the responsibility and contractor, the terminations of certain control and instrumentation cable, any necessary temporary means of more identification shall be agreed with that contractor.

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION RECORD DRAWINGS : Approved drawings of the installation shall if necessary be modified or updated during the progress of the installation and shall form the basis of the record drawings for the complete installation. Record drawings for cabling and earthling installation shall include route drawings block diagram and cable schedules. Within buildings record cable route drawing shall show to scale the location of all items of electrical plant, the route & method of installation of all cables, e.g. Ontario. In trench on hangers, induct, conduit etc. External cables route drawings shall show. i) The route of the buried cable ii) The depth of lying including any deviation to avoid local observations

encountered during installation. iii) Positions of joints, test terminal points, dropouts etc, located from market

posits of another agreed key point. iv) Distances of cable runs from pipe runs so far other buried services. v) Position of earth electrodes, earth rods disconnecting chamber and

interconnecting earth straps. SOCKET OUTLETS :

A) WIRING : Unless otherwise specified wiring shall be carried out in PVC cable minimum conductor size of 2.5 mm carried in truckling and/o; conduit throughout.

B) FITTINGS : Socket Outlets shall be connected in a 15A man system or shall be sputa feeds. All socket outlets shall be of me shuttered type and shall accept two pole and earn flat on plugs and have switches with a dolly type ever either fully recesses or having a raised surround to prevent inadvertent operation. They shall be of a metal clad type with Matt chrome finished cover plates and be flush mounted unless fitted decoratively finished walls or pillars where surface mounting will be accepted. Mounting boxes shall be steel incorporating an earthling terminal and shall accommodate conduit entry for flush mounting or surface mounting.



SECTION- 12 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL

GENERAL : The following parameters are to be monitored on sample-to-sample basis in the plant laboratory ;

a) Quantity of water.

b) Quality of water.

c) Head loss through the system.

d) Quantity of chemicals.

The contractors are requested to note that instrumentation and control system shall be so designed, manufactured and installed as to ensure the highest standard of operational reliability. The contractor may be required to produce proof of reliability in past operation or in type testing. All instruments are to be simple and sturdy. Maintenance shall be facilitated by designing the instrumentation and control system to use the smallest number of different designs or instruments and components. All measuring instruments shall be installed in accordance with the recommendation or instruction of the instrument manufacturer for the particular application. Tile contractor shall give the details of instruments offered for monitoring and control of the entire plant including control panel details.

QUANTITN OF WATER : Direct dial reading flow meter shall be installed at the works inlet. The indication is to be monitored to the filter control room where a similar on line shall be provided. Direct or dial-reading flow meters shall also be installed at the outlets of individual filter beds. The range of the flow meter at the inlet shall be between 0 to 500 liters/Sec. and for individual filters the range shall be determined by the meters and the format for maintaining the record shall be detailed out in the instruction Manual. Reliable electronic digital type instruments may be offered in lieu.

QUALITY OF WATER :

The following parameters are to be monitored in the plant laboratory ;

Raw Water : Turbidity pH

Settled Water : Turbidity pH

Total aluminium as Al(mg/l)

Free residual chlorine. In order to collect samples for testing necessary piping from the collection points to the laboratory shall be laid. so that all samples can be collected in the laboratory itself. The various collection points are specified in section 8.2.1. All the chemical equipment’s and apparatus shall be provided as specified in the section No.8 works ancillaries and section No.10 works laboratory.

12.1

12.2

12.3



SECTION - 13 TESTING COMMISSIONING

AND MAINTENANCE 13.1 INSPECTION AND TEST AT MANUFACTURER’S

PREMISES : SHOP TEST :

All times the plant shall be liable to inspection and testing before dispatch at the manufacturer’s premises or workshop to see that they confirm with the specifications. The relevant test certificate shall accompany the supply.

Some of the equipment may have to be tested when installed in position as may be deemed necessary or required by the Engineer or his representative who reserves the right to be present in all testing, whether conducted at the manufacturer’s workshop or at site.

No materials shall be delivered to the site without inspection having Ben carried out or waived in writing by the Engineer or his representative to participate in testing. For plant commissioning, tests and trial runs, schedules suggested and agreed upon by the Engineer shall be followed.

13.2 TESTING OF THE PLANT - GENERAL : The Contractor shall carry out all tests in plant and shall supply two copies of all tests results to the Engineer of his representative. All tests shall be to the approval of the Engineer or his representative who if necessary may require the tests to be repeated, postponed, or modified as may be necessary to ensure that all items of the plant conform with the contract. The Engineer’s representative shall be permitted to inspect the plant, which is undergoing tests, and may he conduct the test on the plant. A reasonable notice shall be given by the contractor of his intention to conduct the plant test so as to enable the Engineer’s representative to make arrangements for the supply of water or chemicals or power, etc. for any testing. After delivery or after testing, any item of the plant fails to achieve its intended duty or otherwise proves defective, it shall be modified or altered, and retested and reinspected as required by the Engineer or his representative.

13.3 PROTECTION OF PLANT : Factory finished plant shall be adequately protected during transport ant installation against damage to finished surfaces, fitted components etc. The contractor shall make good to the satisfaction of the Engineer any deterioration of the protective coating, erection, commissioning etc. until the plant is taken over. Finish painting of the plant site shall be carried out the plant has been taken over.

13.4 ERECTION AND TESTING : 13.4.1 ERECTION STAFF :

The contractor shall provide at least one approved Senior Engineer speaking working Erector to supervise the erection of plant in contract and to act as the contractor’s representative. In case of a foreign firm based overseas the contractor’s representative shall be thoroughly conversant with the manufacturer’s plant and equipment, and its erection. The contractor shall also provide sufficient erectors skilled in mechanical electrical and instrumental engineering, with such skilled, semi-skilled, and unskilled labour as are necessary to ensure completion of the various section of the contract in the time required. The contractor shall not remove any supervisory staff or labour from the site without prior approval of the Engineer’s representative. The contractor should



make every effort to phase civil works so that sections of the works are substantially completed to a stage where erection can commence, to suit the program.

The contractor shall be responsible for setting all the plant, equipment and pipe work to the line and level required.

After erection of any item of plant and its associated equipment has been completed it shall be offered to the Engineer’s representative may require the tests on completion to be conducted according to the availability of water, chemicals, power, etc. and also to the state of readiness of other items of plant essential to the commissioning of the work. Until such times as the equipment of materials installed and erected under the contract is finally accepted by the Engineer is keeping with the terms and conditions of this contract and associated specifications, the responsibility operation of the same shall be required to service the equipment and during start-up render such assistance as may be necessary or required for by the Engineer.

Where the equipment has not been supplied by the Contractor, the manufacturer’s recommendations for installation of the same shall be strictly adhered to and any defects developing due to faulty installations and/or erection during start-up or during a period of one year from the date of final acceptance shall be rectified, remedied or made good by the contractor at his own expense.

The Contractor shall check all items of electrical plant for correct chasing and insulation resistance. Motors and control equipment shall be dried out and checks to the insulation resistance shall be carried out at regular intervals.

13.5 TESTS ON PIPE WORK, VALVES, ETC. The contractor shall carry out the final tests on all pipe work, valves fittings etc. as per specifications. Any defect found there in shall be repaired immediately. The contractor shall also carry out all other tests required either by himself and/or the Engineer to approve the plant, and to comply with the control systems and processes, all plumps, all motors, gantry cranes and hoists, air compressors/blowers instruments, chemical metering devices, feeders, gauges and all components of the plant over the full range of operating conditions.

At the commencement of the commissioning of the plant, the same shall be put into operation under manual control and subsequently any automatic control equipment shall be completed, tested and brought into operation. During commissioning, the contractor shall supply all labour to supervise, operate, keep in operation, adjust, test, service, repair and to do all things necessary to keep the plant running along with the chemicals and power whether it is operation on water only with output to waste or with chlorine into supply. This shall include for the provision of such labour on a 24-hour a day basis during the testing periods and for such other periods of continuous operation as the Engineer’s representative may consider necessary. The commissioning of all plant shall be completed during the commissioning and trial run period of 1 month. The tendering contractor should note that the commissioning period might be extended by the Engineer if this proves necessary. The contractor will bear necessary expenditure for commissioning and trial run period of four months. However, the bulk water will be supplied for the commissioning of the works free of cost. The contractor shall maintain, on site, a record book in English of all tests carried out and will hand over a certified copy of the same to the Engineer at the time of completion of the works.



13.6 DISINFECTION OF THE PLANT : Prior to commissioning the component of the works, the contractor shall disinfect that particular section. He shall disinfect the entire work such as tanks, pipes, channels, etc. with water containing 50 mg/I of chlorine to the satisfaction of the Engineer, In case any part of the work requires to be retested or contamination may have taken place due to some reason or the other, the contractor shall report the process at his own expenses.

13.7 COMMISSIONING AND TESTING INCLUDING TRIAL RUN FOR ONE MONTH : A month prior to the start of commissioning, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer’s representative, after consultation with in a programme for the period of commissioning and tests. Commissioning shall commence after, all plant has been inspected to the satisfaction of the Engineer’s representative. During the Commissioning period, the contractor shall employ a commissioning representative who shall be a qualified Engineer or Chemist and who shall instruct the Engineer’s staff if all aspects of the operating procedure.

13.8 TESTING OF COMPLETION : Commissioning tests which shall be deemed to be the "Tests on completion” shall be of 8 consecutive days during for should be provision of water fail or other matters interfere outside the contractor’s control, for such number of broken days as the Engineer’s representative may commence till the previously mentioned tests and inspections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer’s representative. The timing of the Commissioning tests will depend on the progress made on other contractors, the ability of the Engineer to arrange for the required flow of water through the works and may be carried out at any time during the commissioning at the direction of the Engineer. The contractor shall allow for commissioning tests to be conducted at any time during commissioning without extra charge under the contract. The tests of completion shall show that the plant can fulfill all the mechanical, electrical and process requirements of the specifications.

13.9 TAKING OVER THE PLANT : Following final inspection and when the Engineer is satisfied that the entire works have been completely constructed, supplied, erected, tested, commissioned and painted, all incomplete operable and reliable order, and when all specified test certificate documents and memos are supplied, the Engineer will issue a “Taking over” certificate, until such certificate is issued the contractor shall be responsible for making good any damage occasioned to the plant, however caused.

A taking over certificate defines the start of the maintenance period but its issue does not relieve the contractor of these obligations to complete commissioning.

13.10 MAINTENANCE PERIOD AND THE CONTRACTORS OBLIGATIONS : The contractor shall employ the required Engineer, Chemist, Technical Staff, skilled labour, unskilled labour etc. for the maintenance and repairs, renovation, instruction and advise testing of raw water and treated water quality during the maintenance period on the basis of 24 hours operation and maintenance for a period of 3 months period of trial run and commissioning. During the 3 months of trial run and maintenance the department will supply only the



water. All other costs for material establishment and security cost will be born by the contractor.

13.11 COMMISSIONING AND TRIAL RUN PERIOD OF THREE MONTH AND CONTRACTORS OBLIGATIONS : a) Supply the labour, materials power and plant for all routine maintenance and

renovation of the work. b) Provide a scheme of training Gujarat Water Supply and Sewerage Board

operators during running maintenance. c) Instruction to Gujarat Water Supply and Sewerage Board, operators in the

maintenance and renovation of the work. d) Advice on the operating of the works.

e) Carry out maintenance repairs of defects immediately.

During the period running maintenance (Trial Run) the working hours of the contractor shall be 24 hours daily. The Contractor shall include in his tender (a) for work during working hours as designated above and (b) for any work of maintenance, repair, adjustment or testing outside such hours as called for by the Engineer. In the even of any emergency arising the contractor shall place his services and labour unreservedly at the disposal of the Gujarat Water Supply and Sewerage Board at any time.

13.12 INSTRUCTION MANUALS : Accompanying the delivery of all major items of plant to site, the contractor shall deliver draft operation and maintenance manuals in duplicate applying to the plant. The manuals shall be accompanied by wiring and erection diagrams which show the plant is to be erected, how it operates, and how it may be maintained. A collection of manufacture’s descriptive leaflets will not be acceptable in satisfaction of this clause. During erection, commissioning and testing, the draft operation and maintenance manuals and diagrams are to be checked against the plant and amended as necessary to relate accurately to the plant as installed. Certificates of taking over of plant will not be issued until such time as the requirements of the two preceding paragraphs above have, in the opinion of the Engineer of his representative been adequately fulfilled. Twenty copies of the amended and corrected manuals and drawings relating to each item of the plant (16 in English and 4 in Gujarati) shall be printed on A4 size sheets and bound in suitable loose-left binders and provided at the commencement of the period of running maintenance.

13.13 TRAINING OF PERSONNEL : The contractor shall arrange for training of the personnel in change of the O&M of the plant through out the trial run period of (1) month. There shall be a continuous training period, the contractor shall provide a work training office whose sole duties shall be to advise the O&M personnel on the operation and maintenance of the treatment process and to instruct, on a full time basis. The aforesaid personnel on the operation and maintenance of the work, the mechanical, the electrical and chemical plant and the instruments and systems at the cost of the agency.



SECTION - 14

CIVIL WORKS

This part of the specifications cover the following :

a) Special conditions for Civil works.

b) Description of the works.

c) Specifications.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS: SCOPE:

The scope of work for the tendered under the contract for civil works shall include all civil construction works like excavations, foundations, buildings, trenches, all water retaining structures including those of classifier, filters, storage tanks, chemical house together with ducts, piping etc. Works such as access roads, boundary wall are also included in this contract. The limits of contract shall be the same as shown in the drawings enclosed with the tender documents.

DESIGN AND CONSTUCTION: The contractor shall design and construct all civil works in accordance with the standard specifications under "C” of the section. The Contractor can offer any standard construction methods except where specific requirements mentioned hereafter. The plant layout is already shown in the tender drawings. The contractor is free to alter the layout but they shall have to accommodate it within the specified boundaries. The shape of the various structures and elevations shall be such as to give a neat and pleasant appearance to the plant.

FLOOR AREA OPENINGS: While designing the various building units, care should be taken to provide minimum 75% of the floor areas as openings in form of window sufficient natural light and ventilation. Also, precaution shall be taken to provide sufficient head room while designing the clear height between the floors. All the passage, walkways, approaches etc. shall be sufficiently wide for the purpose for which they are constructed. A minimum width of one metre and twenty centimeters is considered necessary.

EXCAVATION: The items of excavation will include all lifts, leads within limits of treatment site, dewatering shoring, wherever necessary refilling around completed structures and the excavated stuff is to be disposed off by the contractor up to a radius of 3 km. As directed by Engineer-in-charge. In case, roads are dug up for any purpose whatsoever, the contractor shall reinstate the same at no extra cost.

14.1 14.1.1

14.1.2

14.1.3

14.1.4



14.1.5 REINFORCED CONCRETE WORK: The tendered shall entirely be responsible for the detailed design of civil engineering components of plant in keeping with the duties that are required to be per armed by the components. All water retaining structures shall be designed as per IS code 3370. All concrete used in water or liquid retaining structures shall be designed mix and at least of grade-200. All surface of concrete shall be plastered with cement plaster 20mm thick in cement mortar (1:2) added with water proofing compound. On removed forms the whole surface shall be allowed to be repaired. In the event of a bad concrete in a given section shall be demolished and redone at no extra cost. Reinforced concrete structures shall conform to the following;

Standard specifications and code of practice of Indian Standard Institution.

IS: 456-1979 or latest edition

Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.

IS: 875-1987 latest edition

Building, Loading, Standards.

Safety of Building, Loading Standards.

IS: 3370-1967 or latest edition

Part-IV Code of practice for Concrete structure for

storage of liquids.

IS: 1893-1984 or latest edition.

Criteria for Earthquake Resistant

Design & structures. All tanks for alum solution, sludge, filtered water, sedimentation, filtration, etc. and all channels carrying raw, coagulated, settled or filtered water shall be designed as water or liquid retaining tanks, channels, etc. shall be tested for water tightness before installing the equipment, media etc. Adequate free board (as performs) shall have to be provided for all water retaining structure.

The contractors, therefore, shall programme the construction activities in such a manner that the inlet pipes and all inlet and outlet arrangements with valves are ready for testing purposesto avoid delay. All otherworks likeexcavation,filling,looring, masonry, journey, roofing,and plastering, piping relevant I.S. codes/specified elsewhere in the tender.

14.1.6 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SAMPLES: The contractor shall submit to the Engineer or his representative samples of the materials to form parts of the permanent work, sufficiently before the commencement of work, sufficiently before the commencement of work within 15 days of issue of orders, so that necessary test can be carried out for the approval of the Engineer or his representative before using/ordering any such material at site. Samples of the following basis materials be submitted from each source of supply, and from each



consignment, if materials are differing from one consignee to the other, free of cost by the contractor.

i) Rubber Stone/Bricks - 10 Nos.

ii) Fine Aggregate Sand - 0.05 cum.

iii) Coarse Aggregates :

a) Size 29mm & below

b) Size 10mm & below

c) Size 20mm to 40mm

iv) Pea Gravel

v) Lime(Dehydrated) -

vi) Water for construction purpose

vii) Cement and steel - viii) Timber, tiles, sanitary & water items.

14.1.7 TEST CERTIFICATES FROM MANUFACTURER’S: Steel is to be procured by the contractor himself. The necessary test certificate from the manufacturer and/or from the supplier that attested certificate given is for the particular consignment only is required to be submitted to the Engineer or his representative. However, in addition to the above, the Engineer or his representative may instruct the contractor to test the sample of steel from any of the consignment (or from each lot) for ascertaining the quality of steel as per specifications at the contractor’s cost.

14.1.8 MATERIALS TESTING: Testing of materials to be used in the permanent work of the quality of finished items shall generally be done in the laboratory approved by the Engineer or his representative and all testing charges shall be born by the department.

14.1.9 PROVIDING MATERIALS FOR TESTING: The contractor shall afford at his own cost necessary facilities in providing the requisite materials to undertake tests for quality of materials and workmanship and other assistance that may be required by the Engineer or his representative including transport of the test specimens to the Laboratory referred to above.

14.1.10 MATERIAL TEST: The following tests shall normally be carried out on a routine basis. i) Sieve analysis of course and fine aggregate to be used for concreting and also

for mortar in plaster and masonry work. ii) Moisture content in the fine and coarse aggregate, bulk age of sand fine

aggregate.

- 0.05 cum.

- 0.05 cum.

- 0.05 cum.

- 0.05 cum.

0.05 cum.

- 5.00 cum.

- supply items electrical



iii) Determination of fines, and deleterious materials in the coarse and fine

aggregate. iv) Workability test of the concrete by means of sump concrete.

v) To determine the crushing strength, absorption and efflorescence of bricks. vi) Water tightness for the water retaining structure.

The above tests will be done on routine basis as per provisions of ISS or as per specifications of Gujarat Water Supply & Sewerage Board and explanatory notes during the construction period. Whereas other tests of materials and workmanship shall also be done if desired by the Engineer or his representative. These are as follows.

vii) Chemical tests of aggregate(fine and coarse) to determine the sulphate, chlorides and other detritus materials present in the aggregate.

viii) Test of steel (mild and tor steel) as per IS:432 and IS:1786 to find out the ultimate tensile strength, yield stress, percentage elongation and chemical, composition etc. In addition to the above tests, any other test which may, if desired by the Engineer or his representative be carried out from time to time as per ISS or/as per Gujarat Water Supply & Sewerage Board at cost of the contractor.

14.1.11 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS: All materials required for the works should be arranged by the contractor himself.

14.1.12 INSPECTION OF REINFORCEMENT AND CONCRETE: All reinforcement shall have to be checked and recorded prior to concreting by the Engineer or his representative not below the rank of Assistant Engineer. The contractor shall therefore, give a notice of at least 3 days to the Engineer or his representative so that he or his authorized representative can check the works.

14.2.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK: 14.2.1 SITE CONDITIONS:

Sufficient land has been acquired and earmarked for the work as shown in the tender drawings. Bore logs from the site investigation shall be arranged by the tenderer at his own cost and Engineer accepts no responsibility whatsoever for inference drawn from this dates as to the extent to which this information represents the conditions to be encountered during the actual construction. The average rainfall in the area is 500mm. Though recently there is a trend of decrease in total depreciation up to 800mm. Climatically it is and climate ant the temperature varies from 48o C in summer to 10 o C in winter.

14.2.1 INLET WORKS: The civil works to be included by contractor shall comprise and include but not be limited to the following. (A) REVEIVING CHAMBER & FLASH:

The conceptual design adopts a combined structure or receiving chamber, which also serves as an inlet chamber for the flash mixing chambers, connected with flash mixing chambers one in numbers, each of full capacity with an adjustable outlet weir, operating in the parshall flume. The contractor may provide his own design for receiving chamber, and flash mixing chamber etc.



The receiving chamber shall be of reinforced concrete grade M-200 and of adequate size supported on firm strata to receive the incoming 450mm diameter-incoming pipeline, by pass proposed as per design.

(B) PARSHALL FLUME: Flush mixing chamber are in number provided with flush mixed shall be of reinforced concrete of grade M-200 of size as described elsewhere the parshall flume shall be of dimension specified elsewhere and shall be constructed in reinforced concrete grade M- 200. The inner side of the flume shall be extra ordinary smooth to give exact result. The tenderers should note that the parshall flame requires a solid watertight foundation and first class workmanship for satisfactory construction and performance. The work shall be carried out as per specification set out in section No.4.

14.2.2 CLARIFICATION WORKS: The clarification works shall comprise and include but not be limited to: Reinforced concrete tanks in M-200 mix with separate zone for flocculation and sedimentation by constructing separating reinforced concrete wall and suitable inlet and outlet arrangements to give an all in one structure with bottom inlet pipe and peripherals launders to collect the surface settled water. The arrangements for sludge separation shall be by gravity, on the tank floors slopping towards central sludge pocket and sludge removal shall be gravity to the outer sludge collecting chambers. The flocculator units shall be designed as a water retaining structure and shall be accommodated within the setting tank.

Suitable arrangements shall be made to collect and removes sludge and wash water from Tube Settler to waste water collection chamber, which shall be provided with constant bleeding arrangement.

The disposal of sludge from chamber through common carrying main up to existing and mud well is within the scope of this tender.

The Tube and angles for sludge collection and flocculators shall be designed and fabricated from best quality; painted suitably and render the member non-corrosive. The bottom slope of sedimentation basin shall not be flatter than 1:2. The works shall conform to the specification set out in section No.5.

14.2.3 FILTRATION WORKS: The civil works to be included by the contractor for this work shall consist and include but not be limited to the following and shall conform to the specifications set out in section No.6.

(A) Common influent channel or settled water channels connected with the launders covers in the clarification works to supply the settled water to the filter battery or coagulated water from the proposed inlet channels in the even of by-pass.

(B) Filter beds and control sluice valves, gallery filter unit, pure water channel, back wash pipe inspection water channel.

The filter beds shall be rectangular in plain, the filtration work shall be covered



by R.C.C. slab and no opening to sky structures shall be provided in the filtration works. The gallery housing shall be providing with suitable number of doors opening out towards the walkways. Suitable number of windows with clear glass panels shall be provided including sufficient number of ventilators to allow sufficient air and light in the pipe gallery and the operating platform. Opening left in the operation platform to inspect the filter operation in the filter boxes shall be provided with hand railing as specified elsewhere. Also sufficient space shall be provided in the pipe gallery for a person to move equipment outlet system shall be constructed as specified. All structural parts constructed in R.C.C. in M-200 including gutters, channels, wells, weir projections shall be plastered with cement mortar (1:2), 20mm thickness using water proofing compound on water face and shall be finished cement mortar (1:2) on the face away from water walkway of minimum 1.0 m. which shall be provided with hand railing as specified elsewhere on one side or on either side as per necessity. After filtered water leaves the filter beds through the under drains it shall flow in the common pure water channel, connected to inspection chambers of each bed. An inspection chamber shall be constructed, where walls and floor etc. shall be lined with glazed tiles (white) at the outlet of each filter bed. The structure housing the valve galleries channels etc. shall be constructed in M-200 Mix of R.C.C. frame and with R.C.C. walls, R.C.C. wall properly plastered with cement mortared on both faces. The roof shall of R.C.C. slab and floors at all levels shall be of R.C.C. slabs. The flooring on this operation platform shall be provided with marble mosaic tiles. The filtered water channel shall be connected by a filtered water conduit to a proposed clear water sump, which is included in this contract.

CHEMICAL WORKS: Adjacent to the inlet works as shown in the layout plan two storied chemical house shall be provided. The chemical house shall have sufficient space for unloading, wide corridor, office space, toilet, canteen, laboratory, control panel room, alum storage tanks and dosing equipment, chlorine cylinder storage and chlorinate room and laboratory. The specification set out in section No.7,8 and 10. The flooring shall be in Marble mosaic tiles, suitable teak wood doors and windows shall be provided. There shall be rolling shutters in alum storage room and chlorine cylinder storage rooms with a provision of the monorails in the alum house and entry with two-way displacement. In the chlorine cylinder storage room suitable ramps shall be provided.

Necessary arrangements shall be made for the mechanical gantry and also for the installation of manually operated gentry, as specified and the hoist and the weigh bridge as per specified R.C.C. staircase with railing on both sides shall be provided for access to the first floor of the chemical house, marble mosaic step tiles shall be provided for step treated and marble mosaic plain tiles for risers. The chemical house shall have separate chlorine cylinder storage room to accommodate 10 cylinders and a separate chlorine room to accommodate four chlorinates and cylinders online. Each chlorine cylinder shall be supported on properly shaped concrete pedestal. The clearance shall be adequate, between the floor levels and the roof, for the operation of 3 tonne overhead gantry. The doors and windows shall be teak wood and glass panel etc. In addition to normal ventilation, ventilators and exhaust fans shall be provided for chlorine room.



The handling of the chlorine cylinders shall be kept to a minimum. As such the gantry grinders shall be taken outside the buildings, to lift the cylinders directly from the trunk and place them in their position. The gantries and hoisting arrangements shall be designed for at least 3 tonnes load capacity and capable of motion in longitudinal lateral and vertical directions to handle the cylinders right from the lorry to the ultimate location of the cylinders. The layout shall facilitate each lorry movements. The doors of chlorine house shall be outside opening and shall not have locking arrangement from inside.

The cabinets containing special safety approval shall have glass doors and sides so that the approval is available to operator and these shall be located at easily accessible place, so as no loss of time during emergency.

14.2.4 ANCILLARY WORKS: The specifications set out herein shall be read in continuation with those under section 8 and section No. 10.

(a) The laboratory and office shall be accommodated on the upper floor of chemical house. The location of the laboratory unit is of prime importance. The piping, plumbing, furniture and fixtures etc. shall be carried out in conformity with specifications set out in section No.8 and 10. The office room of area shown in drawings shall be provided on the first floor or chemical house provided with necessary furniture

racks, steel cupboards, etc. The flooring, in the office room shall be in coloured marble mosaic, with light shade and fixed in with cement mortar (1:2) A sanitary block consisting of one bathroom, one hand basin with total area not less than 11 M2 including internal passage, shall be provided. The mirrors of good quality shall be provided with towel railing, liquid soap holder with glass container etc. of approved make. The flooring in WC urinals, bathrooms toilets shall be in white glazed tiles dado up to 1.20 m. height. The flooring to passages shall be of marble mosaic. The piping of water supply is in GI and all fittings fixtures like taps shall be in brass with chromium plating except the tap on wash hand basins. For wash hand basins capstan hand screw down pillar taps shall be provided in the bathrooms and toilet room. Flushing cisterns of adequate capacity with 32mm steel tubing for flushing shall be provided for WCs. Indian type squatting shall be provided in WC and toilet, lipid urinals (with integral flush pipe) shall be provided adjacent to toilet block. The WC pans urinals etc. shall be of standard make as specified. The underground drainage shall consist of 100mm and 150mm stoneware pipes bends, gully sewer traps laid to slope with inspection chambers, manholes, etc. all as specified. A septic tank with a soak pit for 20 persons capacity shall be provide.

ELEVATION & ARCHITECTURE: The treatment plant building shall have good aesthetic and imposing elevation and architecture. The tendering contractor shall therefore, enclose details of the elevation of the building along with their offer. The elevation has to be approved by the Engineer or his representative. RCC fins, windows, boxes, pebble dash/roughcast plaster, Grills should be proposed.

GENERAL TREATMENT: The external focus of the super structure shall be furnished with cement plant of quality and shade approved by the Engineer. All internal faces shall be treated with oil bound distempers



and ceiling shall be applied with white wash. The roof slab shall be provided with five-course water proofing treatment as specified. All the edges of chajjas, weathers heads canopies and slab projections shall be provided with thwarting or drip moulding.

ELECTRIC WORKS: The schedule of price for civil works shall include provision for the cost electrical wiring installation including necessary materials such as cables, conduits, triple pole and double pole switch fuse units, cut out, one way switches, switch-boxes. Cables, laying materials, socket outlets, bulb fluorescent tube holders, motor starters, water tight specials, flood light fittings, etc. the work shall conform to IS:732(163) dedo of practice for electrical wiring installation IS:4648(1969) (Guide for electrical out in residential building) Indian Electricity Act 1910, and Indian Electricity Rules 1856 suitable for 3 phase 440 volts A. C. supply and it shall comprise of the following and in general shall conform to

specification set out elsewhere in the volume.

RECEIPTION & DISTRIBUTION OF MAIN SUPPLY: There shall be a miniature circuit breaker mounted on a distribution metal clad with board panel duly wired and with push bar arrangements for proper distribution of power and lighting, supply for motors and illumination and complete with motor starters of switches, cut outs, fuses etc. The starter should be of a reputed make (L&T, Culter Hammer or equal and approved). This item may not be included if it is already included under supply of mechanical equipment.

WIRING: I shall conform in general to specification set out elsewhere in this volume, it shall consist of PVC insulated cables in resized conduits complete with all accessories.

SMALL WIRING: Wiring shall be carried out in a neat and systematic manner and securely fixed by insulated or other approved methods. The wire shall not be joined or broken in to between terminal points.

FUSES & LINKS: These shall conform in general to specifications set out elsewhere in this volume. Fuses carrier and solid link carrier and bases shall be made of plastic moulded insulating materials of an approved make, ceramic material will not be accepted. All accessible line connection shall be efficiently shrouded and it shall be possible to change fuses with the circuit alive.

An adequate number of spare fuses, earthlings, for each rating shall be supplied, fitted clips, inside the panel.

LIVER OF ILLUMINATION INSIDE ALL BUILDINGS: It shall be 100-point minimum. Provision of one 500 watt whether proof flood light at the top of highest building shall be extra. Similarly waterproof fitting inside each inspection chamber of pure water channel in filter house shall be provided. Outside the building suitable level of illuminations at suitable points as per national building code shall be provided.

LIGHT FITTING & ACCESSORIES: A switch shall be provided adjacent to normal entrance to any areas for control of light point.



Ceiling rose for points, 3 pins. 5 Amps. Socket outlet shall be provide in all light a fan circuit along with controlling switches lamp holders with break if of approved shape and designs conforming to IS:1258 shall be provided for the illumination points. Suitable space shall be provided over the circuit and sub-circuit board for fan regulators. 1. Fluorescent tube light shall be provided over every filter bed.

2. Fluorescent tube lights shall also be provided under every beam, however the general level of illumination may be kept at 100 lax minimums as specified above.

3. A good weatherproof floodlight of 200 W shall be provided, over each filter bed. The wiring for such floodlights shall be with cables, through underground conduits.

4. Suitable number of fans shall be provided in the filter control building, office-cum-laboratory, stone room etc.

14.3 SPECIFICATION(CIVIL WORKS) MATERIAL & WORKMANSHIP:

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: The item ‘Material’ shall mean all materials and article of every kind whether raw, processed or manufactured and equipment and plant of every kind to be supplied by the contractor is for incorporation in the works. Except as may be otherwise specified for particular parts of the work, the provisions of clauses in ‘Materials and workmanship’ shall apply to materials and workmanship for any part of the works. All materials shall be new and of the kinds and quantities described in the contract and shall be at least equal to approved samples. As soon as practicable after receiving the order to, commence the works, the contractor shall inform the Engineer of the names of the suppliers from whom he proposes to obtain any materials but the shall not place any order without the approval of the Engineer which may be withheld until samples have been submitted and satisfactorily tested. The contractor shall keep the Engineer informed of orders for and delivery dates of all materials. SAMPLLES & TESTS AND MATERIALS: The contractor shall submit samples of such materials as may be required by the Engineer and shall carry out the specified tests and directed by the Engineer at the site, at the supplier’s premises or at a laboratory approved by the Engineer. Samples shall be submitted and tests shall be carried out sufficiently early to enable further samples to be submitted and tested if required by the Engineer. The contractor shall give the Engineer at least seven days notice in writing of the date of which any of the materials will be ready for testing, or inspection at the suppliers premises, or at a laboratory approved by the Engineer and unless the Engineer shall attend at the appointed place within the said seven days the tests may proceed in his absence. Provided that the contractor shall in any case submit to the Engineer within seven days of every test such number of certified copies (Not exceeding six) of the test readings as the Engineer may require. Approval by the Engineer as to the placing of orders materials or as to samples or tests shall not prejudice any of the Engineer power. Under the provisions of contract the provision of this clause shall also apply to material supplied by any nominated sub-contractor.

STANDARD: Materials and workmanship shall comply with the relevant specifications and explanatory notes of Gujarat Water Supply & Sewerage Board. All materials used in the permanent works shall be of the best quality of the kind and to the approval of the Engineer. Any materials or workmanship not covered by the above specifications



of Gujarat Water Supply & Sewerage Board shall comply with the relevant Indian Standard (with up to date amendments) current at the thirty-first days of December of the year proceeding the Tender date, unless more recent amendment is specified hereinafter or with requirement is specified authoritative standard approved by the Engineer which shall not be exceeding in the opinion of the Engineer than the corresponding standard quoted herein.

14.3.2 BASIC MATERIALS: CEMENT: All cement to be used in the works shall be ordinary Portland cement complying with IS:269. The contractor will procure the quantity of cement required for the works.

SAND FOR USE OF MASONRY WORK & IN PLASTER: Sand to be used for use in masonry and in plaster shall conform to specification No. MSP-B-6 of Gujarat Water Supply & Sewerage Board and explanatory notes for Building and House Drainage.

COARSE AGGREGATE FOR CONCRETEWORK: For manufacture of concrete (ordinary with nominal mix or controlled concrete specification by strength) the coarse aggregate shall be as obtained from the crushed stone (machine broken) bromide grit shall not be used. The coarse aggregate shall be of hard strong durable stone and generally comply with the requirements of specification of GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage. Absorbent coarse aggregate shall not be used. The aggregate shall be free from laminations and free from clay films and other adherent coatings. They shall contain no harmful material to affect adversely the strength or durability of the concrete or in the case of reinforced concrete to attack the reinforcement. Any aggregate, which are not perfectly clean, shall be washed in clean fresh water to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The maximum quantities of deleterious materials in the aggregates, as determined in accordance with IS:2386 (Part II) ‘methods of test for aggregates for concrete shall not exceed the limits given in Table I of C-282’. Unless otherwise stated all coarse aggregate in reinforced concrete shall be graded aggregate of 20mm nominal size.

BUILDING BRICKS: Specifications for building bricks shall be as described in specification of GSECL’s specification and explanatory notes building and house drainage.

WATER FOR CONCRETE OF MORTER: Water for mixing concrete or mortar and for curing must be clean and free from saline or deleterious materials and must be fit for human consumption. Such water shall generally comply with the requirements of clause 4.3 of IS:456-1946.

14.3.3 STEEL: Structural steel shall conform to IS "Structural” steel (standard quality) at IS-226 Structural Steel (Fusion welding quality) steel reinforcement bars concrete shall be rounded bars, unless otherwise specified and shall comply with grade mild steel as per IS-432 ‘Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement’ or comply with for steel as per IS-1786 "Cold Twisted Steel Bars” for concrete reinforcement or medium tensile steel and high yield strength steel



deformed bars for concrete shall be square or along mesh of hard drawn steel wire, electrical resistance welded and shall conform with IS 1566 for use in reinforced concrete.

LINE: Specifications for line, shall be as per specification GSECL and explanatory notes for building and house drainage. TIMBER: Specifications for line, shall be as per specification GSECLspecification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

PLYWOOD: Specification shall be as per specifications set out by GSECL and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

PAINTS: Specification for line, shall be as per specifications of GSECL and Roads Hand Book MSPE-24 specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

BUILDING HARDWARE: Specifications for line, shall be as per specification of GSECL and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

14.3.4 SITE CLEARANCE & DRESSING OF SITE: The work on site clearance and dressing of site shall be done in accordance with specification by GSECL explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

Surface dressing shall be measured in square meters. Unless otherwise specified in the bill of quantities no separate payment shall be made for dressing within 10 meters distance on all sides of the structures. This shall deemed to be included in the items of contract.

No payment shall be made for the clearance of site except for uprooting of big trees and dismantling of existing structures and its removal, which shall be paid separately as per provision of the contact.

DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS: All requirements herein for the disposal by the Contractor of materials arising from the site clearance or from excavation are the property of GSECL and shall be disposed off, or preserved and deposited as directed by the Engineer.

EXCESS EXCAVATION TO BE MADE GOOD: The Contractor at his own expenses, shall if directed remove from the site all materials resulting from excess excavation and shall make good the same with such kind of fill, materials or in such class of concrete as may be reasonably required by the Engineer having regard to the circumstances.

SITE CLEARANCE GENERAL: All areas of the site marked on the drawing for clearance of from which materials is to be excavated or upon which filling is to be deposited shall be cleared to the extent



required by the Engineer of all buildings, wall gate, fences and other structures and obstructions and/or all bushes. Hedges trees stumps roots and other vegetation except for preservation materials so cleared shall so as far as suitable be preserved and stacked for further use but shall otherwise be burnt to ash or disposed off at the site as directed by the Engineer.

TREES: As directed by the Engineer, trees shall be uprooted or cut down as near to the ground levels as possible branches and fallings shall be removed and burnt to ashes or disposed off at the site. Useful timber shall remain the property of the Government of Gujarat and shall be cut in to suitable length and transported at the Government stores (at site as per direction of the Engineer).

STEMPS: Stumps and roots whether existing or remaining after tree falling shall be uprooted where directed by the Engineer, be grabbed out and disposed off the site. The resulting hole shall be filled with approved materials deposited in 225mm layer and completed to the same dry density as the adjoining soil.

FORESTRY REGULATIONS: The Contractor shall familiarize himself with all local rules and regulations governing land clearance including the special requirements for forestry areas and shall carry out his work in strict compliance with all such requirements.

DEMOLITION: Demolition of all structures, obstructions above and below ground level shall be carried out to extend the sufficient to permit the completion of all works as indicated. Care should be taken not to damage existing sewers, pipes, conduits, cables and rails that must be pipes conduits. Cables and rails which must be kept in service and not be demolished all materials from demolition are the property of Nagar Sevasadan’s they shall be removed from the site and stacked as directed by the Engineer.

14.3.5 EARTH WORK IN EXCAVATION: The work on earthwork in excavation shall be done in accordance with specification of GSECL. Before the surface of any part of the site is disturbed or the works thereon are begun, the Contractor shall take and record levels of any such part, in the manner specified as agreed with the Engineer, in the presence of the Engineer and such levels when agreed by him shall form the basis of measurements.

BLASTING: The work of new treatment plant is in close proximity with existing Machhu - I dam hence blasting is prohibited.

EXCESS EXCAVATION TO BE MADE GOOD: The Contractor at his own expenses, shall if directed, remove from the site all materials resulting from excess excavation and shall make good the same with such kind of fill materials or in such class of concrete as may be reasonably required by the Engineer having regard to the circumstances.

EARTH WORK IN EXCAVATION(GENERAL) The whole of the excavation in foundation trenches in any materials met onsite i.e.



soil, gravel, rock old foundation etc. of work shall be carried out to the widths, lengths indicated on the drawings or such other dimensions as may be directed in writing by the Engineer. Excavated materials shall be deposited away from the edge of excavation as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor may carry out these excavations by any method (except blasting of rock) he consider most suitable subject to any stipulations contained in the contract. SHORING: The Contractor shall provide to the satisfaction of the Engineer, all the timbering or other approved supports and shall shore the sides of excavations in such a way as will be sufficient to secure them from falling and to prevent any movement.

DEWATERING: The Contractor shall provide for the purpose of excavation under water, all the necessary dewatering equipment, like well point system pumps, pipes, conduits etc. and make necessary arrangements for proper drainage of the pumped water from such system and its easy disposal of water to other areas. The Contractor shall engage the dewatering equipment is such a way that the excavated pit should always remain dry while the excavation and concrete work up to ground floor level are going on. The dewatering process shall be carried out till the concrete in works as mentioned above has set sufficiently and as directed by the Engineer.

REMOVAL OFSURPLUS EARTH: The surplus excavated materials shall be removed to a distance of 200mm from the site as directed by the Engineer. of GSECL standard specifications.

14.3.6 EARTH WORK IN FILLING: Earth used for filling in trenches, sides of foundation and under floors, etc. shall be free from stone, shingle or boulder not larger than 75 mm in any direction, salts, organic or other foreign matter.

Normally excavated earth from same area shall be used for filling. However if such earth contains deleterious material, salt-peter each etc. the same shall not be used. All clods of earth shall be broken or removed.

COMPACTION: The space all around the foundations, pipes, and drains in trenches shall be cleared of all debris, brickbats etc. The filling shall be done in layers not exceeding 15 cm. Each layer. Each layer shall be compacted in such a way so as to achieve a minimum 95% of maximum laboratory dry density as obtained by proctor.

Compaction equipment as per IS:2720 (Para VII). Each layer shall be laid only after the proceeding layer is ensured about its Compaction as per above and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Earth shall be rammed with iron hammer where feasible and with the butt ends of crow bars where rammed cannot be used. Special care shall be taken that no damage is caused to the pipes, drains and masonry in the trenches below.

FILLING UNDER FLOORS: In case of filling under floor, the finished level or filling shall be kept to slope, intended to be given to the floor. In case of filling with sand, the sand to be used,



shall be clean and free from dust, organic and foreign matter and corresponding to grinding zone IV as specified in specification of GSECL specification for Building and House Drainage. Sand filling shall be done in a manner similar to earth filling in plinth as specified above except that consolidation shall be done by flooding with water. The surface of the consolidated sand shall be dressed to required level and slope.

14.3.7 CEMENT CONCRETE: GENERAL: Cement concrete (plain or reinforced) as used in the works shall comply with the requirement of specification by GSECL except in so far as these are not altered or modified by specific stipulations as given in the specification herein.

Design of civil engineering structures should be based on the following IS code of the latest edition including amendments as in - i) IS:466(9178) - for plant and reinforced work not in contact with water. ii) IS:33760(1965) (Part I to IV) for concrete and structures for storage of liquids.

iii) IS:875(1965) code for practice for structural safety of building loading standard.

MATERIALS: All the materials required for the manufacture of cement concrete shall comply with the relevant specifications of basic materials as given above.

No materials other than the essential ingredients (cement, sand aggregates and water) should be ordinarily used in the manufacture of concrete.

No admixture (for imparting and special characteristics to the concrete) shall be used without special direction from or permission of the Engineer.

Tests of determined strength of concrete as actually obtained in the works should be as per IS:456-1964. A record shall be kept of the time and date of placing concrete and the approximate quality placed together with other relevant specifications of basic materials as given above.

A record shall be kept of the time and date of placing concrete and the approximate quantity placed (together with other relevant details) in each portion of the structure. This record shall be in duplicate by the Contractor in the form and manner to be decided by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a record promptly to the Engineer or his representative who will accept the same after verification and retain one copy. The other copy being returned to the Contractor. All field specimens of concrete shall be properly numbered and dated. A reference of such specimen with their identification numbers shall be included in this record of concreting.

MIXING OF CONCRETE: The different ingredients for concrete may for the purpose of correct proportioning measured either by weight or by volume. If the ingredients are measured by weight, due allowance must always be made for the weight of water that may be present in the sand and the coarse aggregates.

If the ingredients done by volume gauge boxes corresponding to the proper



quantities of sand, coarse aggregate must be used. All measurements must be carried out in such a manner that the proportions of the materials may be easily and readily checked. As the volume bulking of sand may vary from day to day and different parts of the same day on account of varying moisture content fresh tests for bulking shall be carried out with sand to be used and the amount of bulking allowed for in the field mix so as to keep the actual content constant through out.

Whatever may be mode of measurement adopted cement shall always be measured by weight one bag of 50 kg being taken as 0.347 cubic meter. The aggregate in each batch of concrete are to be so proportioned as to contain full bags of cement.

Mixing of concrete is to be done in machines to be approved by the Engineer. No hand mixed concrete will be allowed unless specially permitted by the Engineer. Increase such hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer, then (10) per cent extra cement shall have to be use, but the Contractor shall have no claim for any extra payment on this account. Hand mixing must be done on approved platform so as to prevent the loss of any liquid, and the materials turned at least twice in the dry state and three times or more after the addition of water and until the components are well mixed and give a concrete uniform colour, texture and consistency through out to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Only such quantities of concrete as are required for immediate use are to be mixed at any time. Water is to be added but not exceeding the amount as mentioned in IS 456 unless otherwise specified elsewhere to obtain proper workability so that the mixture may flow readily round all the reinforcement and into every part of the moulds. The workability shall be measured by the amount of slump. The total water content in each batch of concrete shall always be kept constant at the amount previously determined by experiments. The quantity of water to be actually added may, therefore, very depending on the moisture contained in the aggregates.

TRANSPORTING, PLACING & COMPACTING CONCTETE: Concrete shall be handled from the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by

methods which will prevent the segregation or less of the ingredients. It shall be

deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid rehandling or flowing.

Unless it is specially permitted by the Engineer, concrete shall not be dropped freely

from a height of more than two meters.

Before placing the concrete, the moulds shall be cleaned of all shavings, pieces of

wood or other rubbish. When placing the concrete the fine materials must be carefully

worked against the moulds so that the face of the concrete shall be left perfectly

smooth and free from honey combing upon the withdrawal of the moulds. Any defect

in this respect must be dealt with the Contractor as directed by the Engineer, without

any extra charge thereof.

Where concrete is deposited against stonework, brickwork, or any surface likely to

absorb moisture such surface must be well watered immediately prior to deposition of

concrete. Depositing concrete under water shall not be allowed without specific,

permission from Engineer. The method of concreting to be adopted in such cases

shall have to be previously approved by him.



During placing and also immediately after deposition, the concrete shall be thoroughly

compacted by ramming spreading etc. Until it has been made to penetrate and fill all

the spaces between and around the reinforcement bars, around embedded fixtures

and into the corners of form work in such a manner as to ensure a solid mass entirely

free from voids.

In addition to usual ramming and spreading the concrete shall be vibrated by

mechanical vibrators. Over vibration of wet mixes shall be avoided. Vibrators shall be

so operated that the vibration is evenly distributed that throughout the entire mass of

concrete when immersion type of vibrators are used that shall be withdrawn gradually

particular care being taken to see that now hollow pocket is left behind in the concrete.

The use of vibrators may be depended with only for concrete of mix leaner than 1:2:4

and in case of concrete under water.

It is imperative that all concreting operations are done quickly as well as efficiently,

and adequate number of bands must therefore be employed to ensure this.

Concrete shall be placed and compacted in its final position before setting has

commenced and shall not be subsequently disturbed. Concreting shall be carried out

continuously up to construction joints. Any rest period such as foremeals shall be

subject to the approval of the Engineer or his representative. Even then concrete shall

not be stopped entirely but carried on slowly during the rest period by engaging a

small skeleton gang for the purpose. All concreting should be so programmed as not

to necessitate work of night. If for any reason concreting becomes imperative the

Contractor should obtain previous permission of the Engineer or his representative

and make proper lighting arrangements to his satisfaction. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: All construction joints in slabs beams and other horizontal member are to be formed

as per details in the tender drawing.

The positions where such construction joint may be made shall be removed and the

surface of the concrete, while still soft, shall be swept with a stiff broom or scrapped

with a tool such that same of the coarse aggregate are left projecting upwards.

Moreover, if so directed by the Engineer or his representative, keys shall be formed

for horizontal joints as per direction.

When fresh concrete has to be laid against as already hardened surface (As in the

case of a joint formed against a temporary Board), the latency is to be removed by

chipping so as to expose sound concrete. The chipping is to be done every time

carefully so as to remove the latency but not to disturb or damage the sound concrete.

In all cases, of vertical or horizontal joints, the surface (from which the latency has

been already removed) shall be thoroughly cleaned.

The bending surface shall then be kept wet for at least one hour before placing new

concrete sufficient time shall be allowed for surface wetness to disappear just before



placing new concrete. The surface should then be damp, but slightly absorptive. Just

before placing new concrete, a layer (8 to 10 mm thick) of mortar composed of the

same proportion of cement to the consistency of this paste shall be placed on the

surface.

PROTECTION & CURING OF CONCRETE:

The Contractor shall adequately protect freshly laid concrete from rapid drying due to strong

sunshine, drying winds etc. and also from running surface water and shocks. During the first

ten days after deposition, the concrete shall be kept thoroughly damp by suitable means as

per directions of the Engineer or his representative. Watering during this period required or

the purpose of curing shall be continued daily (Sundays and holidays included). The

Contractor may adopt one more of the following methods for curing and protection of

concrete.

a) By water sprays in continuous operation.

b) By covering with Hussein or similar absorbent material, frame, kept constantly wet.

c) After through wetting, by covering with layer of water proof, fabric kept in contact with

the concrete surface.

d) By the application of an approved non standing liquid curing membrane which is either

self removing or easily removed following the curing period and which has a seventy five

percent moisture retention standard. The liquid shall be applied to form surface

immediately after stripping the formwork.

Liquid curing membrane shall not be used in surface where latency is removed and aggregate

exposed to provide a satisfactory bond for placing further concrete or mortar screeds on

surface where the Engineer is of the opinion that the appearance of the concrete surface will

be affected.

Any concrete, which gives below standards test results, becomes severely damaged due to

cracking shows excessive honeycombing and exposure of reinforcement of exhibits any fault,

which, in the opinion of the Engineer, seriously impairs its functions, may be declared

defective concrete. Such concrete shall be cut out, removed from the site and replaced by

fresh concrete of the specified quality at the Contractor’s own expenses. Alternatively the

Contractor shall carry out whatever other remedy the Engineer may reasonably require having

regard to all circumstances.

Subject to the condition that structural safety is not impaired and architectural concept does

not hamper, the tolerance in dimension of R.C.C. members shall be as specified in the

drawing by the designer. Whenever these are not specified, the permissible tolerance shall be

decided by the Engineer, if necessary, when tolerance in dimensions are permitted, following

procedure for measurements shall apply.

a) If the actual dimension of R.C.C. members do not exceed or decrease the design

dimensions of the members plus or minus tolerance limit shall be taken for the purpose of

measurements.

b) If the actual dimensions exceed the design dimensions by more than the tolerance limit

the design dimensions only shall be measured for the purpose of payment.



If actual dimensions, decrease more than tolerance limit specified, the actual dimension of the

R.C.C. makes shall be taken for the purpose of measurement and payment. Expansion joints

shall be provided as shown in the structural drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

WATER STOPS AND JOINT FILTERS: Where proprietary names are given in the drawings, they shall be interpreted only as

reference of quality and do not oblige the Contractor to use the produce specified. However,

all water stops and joint filters shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and applied in

accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Rubber water stops shall include a center bulb and shall have a tensile strength of not less

than 20.7 Mn/M2 and elongation break of not less than 300%.

Water stops shall not be exposed to direct sun light for long periods. Before being concreted

in water stops, it shall be cleaned of all foreign material.

Concrete shall be fully and carefully compacted around the water steps so that no voids or

pours concrete remain. Where the concrete is reinforced adequate clearance between water

stops and reinforcement shall be maintained so as to permit compaction of the concrete.

In case of roof slabs, the top surface shall be finished even and smooth with wooden trowel,

before the concrete begins to set.

Immediately on removal of forms, the R.C.C. work shall be examined by the Engineer before

and defects are made good.

a) The work that has slugged or contains honey coming to an extent deter mental to

structural safety or water tightness in case of water retaining structures or architectural

concept shall be rejected.

b) Surface defect of a minor nature may be accepted. On acceptance of such work by the

Engineer, the same shall be rectified as follows:

Surface defect with frequent repair when forms are removed usually consist of bulges due to

movement of forms, ridges at from joints, honey combed areas, damage resulting from the

stripping of forms and boltholes.

Bulges and ridges are removed by careful chipping or toiling and the surface is then rubbed

with a grinding stone. Honey combed areas, boltholes shall be rectified as per direction of the

engineer-in-charge.

No additional payment will be made for treatment indicated above and shall be covered by the

rates quoted against the relevant items of the bill of quantities.

TESTING OF CONCRETE: During the progress of construction preparation test specimen, curing and testing of concrete

shall be conducted in accordance with IS:1199 and IS:516 to determine whether the concrete

being produced complies with the strength requirements as specified. At least one slumps test



shall be carried out for every compressive strength test carried out or as directed by the

engineer. Size 15cm. Cubes shall be made for each 10 cubic meters or portion there of or for

each poured grade of concrete. This number may be increased at the direction of the

Engineer. Six specimens shall preferably be prepared from different batches three being

tested for 7 days and remaining three being tested for 28 days. The contract or his own

expenses shall provide all apparatus, labour and arrange test laboratory by the Engineer.

The concrete tested in accordance with above clause shall meet the criteria for acceptance of

concrete as per IS:456. The strength of concrete shall be average strength of three

specimens tested at 28 days and conform to grade of concrete. If optional works strengths are

too low, corrective measures shall be taken at once at the Engineer’s direction, without

waiting for the results of the 28 days tests. The methods shall be

a) Curing and load testing of the concrete member concerned

represented by the test which failed.

b)

Replacements of any such portions of the structure. No payment for the dismantling,

removing dismantle concrete, relevant framework, and reinforcement shallbe made

embedded fixtures and

reinforcement of adjoining structured damaged during dismantling

shall be made good by the Contractor at his own expenses.

c) Extended curing of the structure of the concrete represented by the specimen.

d) Collecting and testing core specimen from hardened concrete. The

location number and size of such specimen shall be taken as directed

by the Engineer.

e) Or any other test i.e. ultrasonic and rebounded hammer tests to be decided by the

Engineer at the cost of the Contractor.

TESTS ON WATER RETAINING STRUCTURES:

In addition to the tests of the concrete structure, as given in above clause, each water

retaining structure shall also be tested, for water tightness at fully supply level as described,

hereunder.

In the case of structure whose external faces are submerged and are not accessible for

inspection such as underground tanks, the tanks shall be filled with water and after the filling,

the level of the surface of the water shall be recorded again at subsequent intervals of 24

hours over a period of seven days. The total drop in level over a period of seven days shall be

taken as an indication of the water tightness of the tank. The Engineer shall decide on the

actual permissible nature of this drop in the surface level, taking into account whether the

tanks are open or closed and the corresponding affect it has on evaporation losses. For many

purposes, however, underground tanks whose tops is covered may be deemed to be

water tight if the total drop in the surface level over a period of seven days does not

exceed 40 mm.

If the structure does not satisfy the conditions test and daily drop in water level is

increasing the period of test may be extended for a further seven days and if



specified limit is then reached structure may be considered as satisfactory. In case of

unsatisfactory test results. The Contractor shall be certain the cause, make all

necessary repairs and repeat the procedure of this clause until the test has been

passed at no extra cost to the Department.

REINFORCEMENT: The reinforcement to be used for reinforced concrete work shall comply with the requirement of clause 14.16 herein before. The method of fabrication of reinforcement, bending, binding, placing etc. comply with the provision of the specification No. WSP-A-12 of Gujarat Water Supply & Sewerage Board explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

FORM WORK: The material required or from work and workmanship shall comply with the provision of specification of the specification of Gujarat Water Supply & Sewerage Board Item No.WSP-A-11(ii) and 6.3 explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

14.3.8 MASONARY & BRICK WORK: BRICK WORK: The work shall be carried out as described in specification No. WSP-A- 13(I) of Gujarat Water Supply & Sewerage Board specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

COURSE RUBBER STONE MASONRY: This work shall be carried out as described in specification of GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

14.3.9 WOOD WORK: All woodwork shall be done as per specification of GSECL specification.

14.2.10 METAL DOORS, WINDOWS AND ROLLING SHUTTERS: All doors and windows shall be manufactured with steel conforming to IS:1033 and shall be of good workmanship including fitting, fixing of the same shall be done as per specification of GSECL specification and drainage. All steel doors, windows and ventilators shall be supplied with a single coat of an approved protective paint like red oxide. Rolling shutters shall be obtained from approved manufactures. These shall include necessary locking arrangement and handles etc. These shall be suitable for fixing in position as specified i.e. outside or inside on or below lintel or between jambs of the opening. The doors and shall be push and pull type and also operated, with chain and crank device as required. The shutters shall consist of steel rolling shutters of 20 gauge 60 to 75 mm. Inter locking steel latches of deep convex corrugations complete with pressed steel guides 60 X 25 mm made out of 3 mm thick plate. The latch shall be machine rolled and strengthened with an effective bridges depth of 16 mm and shall be inter-locked together throughout their entire length and joining together at the end with end locks. These shall be mounted on specially designed pipe shaft. Each latch section shall be a continuous single strip piece without any joints. The springs shall be preferably of cooled type. The spring shall be manufactured from high tensile spring steel wire or strip of adequate strength to balance the shutters in all position. The spring pipes shaft etc. Shall be



supported on strong mild steel brackets. The guide channels shall be of mild steep deep channel section and a rolled, pressed or built up construction. The thickness of the sheet used shall not be less than 3.0 mm. The gap between the two legs of the guide channel shall be sufficient to allow the free movement of the curtain and the same time close enough to prevent the ratting of the curtain due to wind. Each guide channels shall be provided with a minimum of three fixing cleats to the walls or columns of bolts and screws.

Brackets shall be fixed on the inlet or under the inlet as shown withdrawal plugs, screws, bolts etc. The shaft along with the spring shall be then fixed on the brackets.

The shutter shall be laid on the ground and the side guide channel shall be bound with it with ropes etc. The shutter shall then be placed in position and top fixed with pipe and shaft with bolts and nuts. The side guide channel and cover frame shall then be fixed to the walls through the plate welded to the guides. Fixing shall be done accurately in workman like manner so that the operation of the shutter is easy and smooth.

14.3.11 FLOORING: The specification for all flooring work shall be as per specification of GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and housing drainage.

This work shall be done following the same specifications. As for ordinary cement concrete flooring up to and including the laying of the 1:2:4 concrete. The concrete shall be laid as an under layer up to 12 mm below the finished level of the floor. The surface shall be roughened by brushing with steel brushed while the concrete is still green and a topping consistency of 12 mm thick layer of a mix comprising of 1 cement, 2 stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size with approval metallic hardening compound like Eremite, Handonate etc. mixed in the ratio of 1:4 (1 metallic hardener : 4 cement) by weight shall be laid on the prepared cement concrete under layer. The topping shall be firmly pressed in to layer concrete so as to achieve a good bond. After the initial set has started the surface shall be finished smooth and true to falls and slope with steel flats. All other details and specification shall be as per cement concrete flooring.

14.3.12 PLASTER: All plastering work (external or internal) shall be done as described in specification of GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

14.3.13 PAINTING & VARNISHING: specification for painting work shall be as per specification in GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

In addition to above specification for ready mixed paint shall conform to IIS:102 and 103-1962, IS:133, 1865 and IS:137-1965. Varnish shall conform IS:347-1952. Enamel paint (conforming to IS:2933-1975) of approved brand and manufacture and or required colour shall be used, for the under coat, and the paint of the same quality but of shade to suit that of top coat shall be used.

Preparation of surface and application shall be as specified.



This paint shall conform to IS:5410-1969 and shall be of approved brand and manufacture.

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of mortar dropping, dirt dust, grease, algae and other foreign matters by brushing and washing. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water before the paint is applied. If directed and anti-alkaline primer coat shall then the applied. Cement paint shall be fixed in such quantities as can be used up within an hour of its mixing two parts of cement paint and one part of water shall then be added to the mix stirring thoroughly and the time to bottom a liquid mix of workable and uniform consistency. In all cases, manufacturer’s printed instructions shall be followed for the painting work.

The mix shall be applied on the cleaned and wetted surface/primer applied surface with brushes keeping the solution well stirred during the period of application. The second coat shall be added after the first coat has finished surface of uniform shade and tint and free of brush make to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

14.3.14 WATER AND DAMP PROOFING: Water proofing work shall be carried out as per specification of GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage. Damp proofing work shall be carried out as per specification in GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

14.3.15 GLASS & GLAZING: This section shall cover specifications for supply and installation of all glass as shown in the drawings. Type, thickness and size of glass shall be as shown in the drawings. All glass shall be as per IS:176-1966 and shall be reasonably free from blisters, strain, scratches and bubbles and flaws of any kind, have approved make and shall be properly cut to fit in frames and mullions. Unless otherwise shown, no glass shall be less than 4 mm thick.

Glazing work shall be done as per details of workmen specialized in the trade and as per best trade practices.

All broken glass shall be made good by the Contractor on completion of the work. The Contractor shall order sufficient additional quantity to make this easily possible. No glazing shall be completed until ass stains have been removed from the surface and all glass thoroughly washed with soap and water and polished with approved glass polisher.

All fittings and fixtures and finish hardware shall be fixed just before glazing is done. Notwithstanding anything contained herein before manufacturer’s instructions regarding storing, handling, cutting, glazing, cleaning etc. shall be strictly followed. Before cutting measurement of all glass shall be taken at site. Glass shall be ordered slightly over size cut at the site to fit properly.

The sea ashes shall be manufactured for lazing to be carried out at site with suitable glass thickness as specified elsewhere and should be embedded in non-setting compound. Clip in metal heads shall be supplied with the ashes to be fixed with glazing at site. The work shall be done in workman like manner as per best trade practices with approved back putty. The corners shall be metered. All glass and



glazing shall be suitably protected until the time of handing over.

14.3.16 FINISHING HARDWARE: This section shall cover all finish, hardware, approved latches, locks and other fittings and fixtures etc. used in wood doors. All finish hardware shall be well made, reasonably smooth and free from sharp edges and corners flaws and other defects and shall be as per relevant Indian Standard. Unless otherwise required all finish hardware shall be in anodized aluminum. Except the main entrance to chemical house and filter house where in shall be of best quality brass.

All hardware shall be approved made and shall be specifically got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before ordering. No fittings and fixtures shall be fixed before all major work is over. While fixing correct handling of fixtures shall be ensured. All finish hardware shall be fixed by skilled carpenters experienced in the work. Work shall be done as per manufacturers instruction and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in- charge.

14.3.17 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS: Specification for holdfasts shall be as per specification in GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage. R.C.C. spouts shall be provided wherever shown in the drawings. The spouts shall be as per details given in the drawings. This work shall be carried out as per specifications and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

Provision of shelves shall be carried out as per specification as described in GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

Specification for miscellaneous metal work like manhole cover, frames, MS ladders, hand rails, etc. shall be as per specification of GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

14.3.18 TREATMENT OF CONCRETE SURFACES: All concrete surfaces shall be reasonably smooth and true. Any fine cracks which may occur between boards and panels shall be removed and air holes filled with 1:1 mortar. Any area requiring treatment after stripping as outline above, shall afterwards be rubbed down with a carborandum stone block and washed perfectly clean. No surface treatment shall be carried out until the surfaces have been inspected by the Engineer.

14.3.19 CEMENT WASHING:

For decorative as well as water repellent washings on the external surfaces wherever specified in the drawing and schedule of finishes, snowcem of equal approved cement washing compound of desired colour to be used.

Only fresh compound should be used. Hard or set snowcem should not be used. The cement should be made loose by rolling and shaking the contained before opening. First a paste shall be prepared by mixing two parts of compound with the one part of water by volume and immediately this should be thinned by adding another one part of water to have a uniform solution consistency of paint.



The surface should be cleaned to remove loose dust or dirt by use of a soft wire brush. The surface shall then be wetted by sprinkling with water and water shall be allowed to run off. The fresh mixed washing paint then be applied as per manufacturers instruction.

After a day or two a second coat of cement washing painting should be applied on the wetted surface, carefully, to give a uniform and good finished appearance.

14.3.20 STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK: Structural steel work specifications shall be as per specification as described in GSECL specification and explanatory notes for building and house drainage.

14.3.21 WELDING: Specification for welding shall be wide section No.11 Materials and Workmanship.

14.3.22 SANITARY & PLUMBING WORKS: Indian type water closet - for this item work shall be carried out as described in specification NO. GSECL specification. Flushing cisterns for water closet - refer specification of GSECL specification.

WASH BASIN: Refer specification of GSECL specification.

MIRROR FOR WASH BASIN: This shall be best quality Belgian Glass size commensurate with basin coppered back types.

TOWEL RAIL : This shall be aluminum and is decorative 25 mm dia 1.00 m. length.

SALT GLAZED STONEWARE PIPES : Refer specification of GSECL specification.

GALVANISED IRON PIPES : Refer specification of GSECL specification.

CAST IRON SOIL, WASTE VENT. PIPES & FITTIGNS Refer specification of GSECLspecification

MANHOLES :

Refer specification of GSECL specification GULLEY TRAP CHAMBER :

Refer specification of GSECL specification URINAL :

Refer specification of GSECL specification. Contractor has to provide minimum two urinals.

14.4 GENERAL: 14.4.1 DEFINITIONS AND CONVENTIONAL SYMBOLS:

The definition of terms shall be in accordance with the Indian Standard Code of Practice for Electrical wiring installation IS:732-1963 except for the definition of a "Point”.



14.4.2 POINT WIRING: Point wiring shall include all work necessary in complete wiring on a switch on a switch circuit of any length from the tapping point on the distribution circuit to the following, via the switch.

a) Ceiling rose of connector (in the case of ceiling/exhaust for points)

b) Ceiling rose (in the case of pendants except stiff pendent points) c) Back plate (in the case of stiff pendants, fluorescent fittings with down roads,

etc.) d) Socket outlet (in the case of socket outlet points) e) Lamp holder (in the case of wall brackets, batten points, bulkhead and similar

fittings) f) Call bell, Buzzer (in the case of words "Via the switch” shall be read as: "Via

the ceiling rose/socket outlet of bell push where no ceiling rose/socket outlet is provided.

14.4.3 POINT WIRING TO INCLUDE:

The following shall be seemed to be included in the point wiring:

a) Switch

b) Ceiling rose of connector as required. c) Any special and suitable round block for neatly housing the connector

and covering the fan hook in the case of fan points. d) Wooden box, bushed conduit or porcelain tubing where cables pass through

walls etc. e) Conduit or metallic covering up to 1.5 M from floor. f) Earth wire from three pin socket outlet point/fan regulator to the

common earth including connection to earth dolley except the earth wire from the first tapping point of leave wire to the sub-distribution on board.

g) All wood or metal blocks boards and boxes sunk or surface type including those required for mounting fan regulator but excluding those under the main and distributing switch gears.

h) All fixing accessories such as clips, nails, screws, pin-plug, awl plug, wooden plug, etc. required.

i) In case of joint box system of wiring, if specified, joint boxes with necessary connections as required.

j) Connections to ceiling rose, connections to socket, outlet, lamp holder, switch, fan regulator etc. k) Looping in the same switchboard and inter connections between points on the same circuit.

14.4.4 CIRCUIT WIRING: Circuit wiring shall mean the length of wiring from the distribution board up to the tapping point for the nearest first point of that circuit viz. Up to the nearest first switch board measured along the run of wiring. Such wiring shall be measured on liner basis.

14.4.5 SUBMAIN WIRING: The wiring shall be carried out on such a system as may be specified in the tender schedule or otherwise specified in the special specification (Power and "Heating” wiring shall be kept separate and distinct from "Lighting” and "fan” wiring). Recessed conduit wiring shall be done on distribution system with main and branch distribution boards at convenient physical and electrical centers and without fuss at isolated placed. All conductors shall run, as far as possible, along the walls and ceiling so as



to be easily accessible and capable of being thoroughly inspected. In no case, the open wiring shall be run above the false ceiling without the approval of Engineer-in-charge. In all types of wiring, the consideration shall be given for neatness, good appearance and safety.

14.4.7 BALANCING OF CIRCUITS: The balancing of circuits in three wire of poly phase installation shall be arranged before hand to the satisfaction shall be arranged. Circuits on opposite pole of a three wire D. C. system or different phase of a poly phase system shall be apart at a minimum distances of 2 Mts. Unless they are enclosed in earthen metal casing suitably marked to indicate the risk of dangerous sock due to the voltage between the conductors contained in them. In large or important rooms, light and socket outlet points shall be distribution over more than one circuit as directed by the Engineer-in- charge.

14.4.8 MEDIUM PRESSURE WIRING: Medium pressure wiring and associated apparatus shall comply in all respect with the requirements of rules 50 and 51 of the Indian Electricity Rules 1956 as amended from time to time.

14.4.9 PRESSURE FREQUENCY: Pressure and frequently of supply all current consuming devices shall be suitable for the pressure and frequency of the supply to which these are to be connected.

14.5 DRAWING: All wiring diagrams shall indicate clearly in plan, the main switch board, the distribution fuses board, the round of various mains and sub mains and the position of all points with their classification.

14.6 CABLES: All cables shall conform to relevant Indian Standards, Conductors of all cables except the flexible cable shall be of aluminum. The smallest aluminum conductor for the final circuit shall have a nominal cross sectional area of not less than 1.5 sq. mm (1/1.40 mm) the minimum size of aluminum conductor for power wiring shall be 4 sq. mm (1/2.24 mm).

14.6.1 FLEXIBLE CABLE: Conductor of flexible cable shall be of copper. The minimum cross sectional area of conductor for flexible cable shall 0.0006 sq. inch (14/0076” or 14.0.193 mm).

Unless the flexible cables and conduits are protected by Armour or rubber or PVC sheets, these shall not be used in workshops and other places where they are liable to mechanical damage. 3 core flexible cables shall be used - for connecting single-phase appliances.

14.7 RATING OF LAMPS, FANS, SOCKET OUTLET POINTS AND EXAUST FANS:

14.7.1 In condescend lamps installed in residential and not residential buildings shall be rated at 60 watts and 100 watts respectively.

14.7.2 TABLE FANS AND CEILING FANS: Table fans and ceiling fans shall be rated at 60 watts.



14.7.3 SOCKET OUTLETS: 5 Amps. Socket outlet points and 15 Amp. Socket outlet points shall be rated at 100 watts and 1000 watts respectively. Unless the actual values of load are known or specified.

14.8 JOINT AND LOOPING PACK: Unless otherwise specified the wiring shall be done in the Looping system phase or live conductor shall be looped at the switch box and natural conductor can be looped from the light fan or socket outlet. In non- residential buildings natural conductor and earth continuity wire shall be brought to each switch board situated in room and halls. These shall be terminated inside the switch board with suitable connector and the switch board shall be of adequate size to accommodate one number 5 Amp. Socket outlet and control switch in future.

14.9 CONTROL AT POINT ENTGRY OF SUPPLY: There shall be a linked main switchgear with fuse on each live conductor of the supply mains at the point of entry. The wiring throughout the installation shall be such that there is no break in the neutral wire except in the form of linked switchgear. The neutral shall also be distinctly marked. In this connection, Rule - 33(2) of the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 shall also be referred.

14.9.1 SITUATION MAIN SWITCH GEAR: The main switchgear shall be situated as near as practicable to the termination of service line and shall be easily accessible without the use of any external aid.

14.9.2 INDICATION IDENTIFY EARTHED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR: On the main switch gear, where the conductors including earthen conductor of a two wire system or a conductor which is to be connected there to, and indication of a permanent nature shall be provided identify the earthen neutral conductor. In this connection, Rule 32 (i) of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 shall be referred.

14.10 MAIN SWITCH GEARS, SWITCH BOARD & THEIR LOCATION: 14.10.1 METAL LEAD SWITCH GEAR:

All main switch gears shall be of metal lead shall be fixed at close approximate to the point of entry of supply.

14.10.2 SITUATION OF SWITCH BOARD: Open type switchboards shall be placed only in dry situation and in well- ventilated room and they shall not be placed in the vicinity of shortage batteries and exposed to chemical fumes.

14.10.3 SAFETY AGAINST OPERATION BY UNAUTHORISED PERSONEEL: Main switch Boards shall be installed in room or cupboards having provision for locking arrangement as to safeguard against operation by unauthorized personnel. In a same situation or where inflammable or explosive dust, vapour or gas is likely to be present the switchboards shall be total enclosed or made flame proof as may be necessitated by the particular circumstances.

14.10.4 SWITCH BOARDS NOT TO BE ERECTED IN LOCATIONS: Switchboard shall not be erected above gas, stoves or sinks or within 2.5 m. of any washing room or laundries or in the bathrooms, laboratories, toilets or kitchens.

14.10.5 SWITCH BOARDS EXPOSED TO WEATHER: Switch boards, if unavoidably fixed in place likely to be exposed to weather, to



dropper to abnormal moist atmosphere the outer casing shall be weather proof and shall be provided with glands or bushings or adopted to receive screwed conduit according to the manner in which cable are run. PVC and double flanged bushed shall be fitted in the holes of the switches for entry and exit of wires.

14.10.6 BOTTOM OF SWITCH BOARD: A switchboard shall be installed so that its bottom is within 1.25 m. above the floor unless the front of the switchboard is completely enclosed by a door or the switchboard is located in a position to which only authorised persons have access.

14.10.7 SWITCH BOARD RECESSED IN WALL: Switch Boards shall be recessed in the wall if so specified in the schedule or work or in the special specifications.

The front shall be fitted with hinged panel or wood or other suitable material such as Bakelite in wood frame with locking arrangement, the outer surface of door being flush with the walls. Ample room shall be provided at the back for connections and at the front between the switchgear mountings and the door.

Equipment which are on the front of a switch board shall be so arranged that in adverting personnel contact with live parts is unlikely during the manipulation of switch gears, changing of focuses or like operations.

14.10.8 HOLES IN PANEL: No holes other than the holes by means of which the panel is fixed shall be drilled closer than 1.3 cm. From the edge of the panel.

14.10.9 LIVE PARTS TO BE SPACE IF NOT SCREENED: The various live parts unless they are effectively screened by substantial barriers on non-hydroscopic, non-flammable insulating materials shall be so spaced that are cannot be maintained between such parts and earth.

14.10.10 READY ACCESIBLE: The arrangement of the gear shall be such that they shall be readily accessible and their connections to all instruments and apparatus shall also be traceable. In every case in which switch and fuses are fitted on the same pole, these fuses shall be so arranged that the fuses are live when their respective switches are in the ‘off’ position.

14.10.11 FIXING OF FUSES: No fuses other than fuses in instrument circuit shall be on the back or behind a switchboard panel of frame.

14.10.12 PAINTING OF SWITCH GEAR: All the metal switchgears and switchboards shall be painted prior to erection with one coat of anti-rust primer. After erection with one coat of anti-rust. After erection, they shall be painted with two coats of approved enamel or aluminum paint as required on all sides wherever accessible.

14.10.13 DANGER NOTICE PLATE: All switchboards connected to medium voltage and above shall be provided with "Danger Notice Plate” conforming to relevant Indian standards.

14.11 TYPES OF SWITCH BOARDS: Metal clad switchgear shall preferably be mounted on any of the types of boards mentioned above.



14.12 HUNGED TYPE METAL BOARDS: Such boards shall be suitable for mounting of metal clad switchgear consisting of not more than one switchgear and ICDB 4 way of 6 ways. Metal Box shall consist of a box made of sheet not less than 3 mm. Thick and shall be provided with a hinged cover to enable the board be swung open for the examination of the wiring at the back. The joints shall be subsequently welded.

Metal boards may be made of suitable size angle iron of the examination of the

wiring at the back. The joints shall be subsequently welded.

Metal boards may be made of suitable size angle iron of maximum size of 25mm x

35mm x 6mm or channel iron of minimum size 35mm x 35mm x 6mm frame work

suitably mounted on front with a 3mm thick M. S. plate and on back with 1.5 M. S.

sheet. The front sheet shall be provided with suitable hinges to enable the board to

be swung open for examinations of the wiring. The joints shall be substantially

welded.

The boards shall be securely fixed to the wall by means of rag bolts and shall be

provided with a locking arrangement and earthlings stud. All wires passing through

the metal boards shall be brushed. There shall be a clear distance of 3cm. between

the front and the back sheets. More space shall be allowed wherever necessary.

A wooden board of thickness not less than 6 mm may be provided at the back, if so

required in the special specification in any particular place. No apparatus shall

project beyond any edge of panel. No fuse shall be mounted within 2.5 CMS. of any

edge of the panel.

14.13 FIXED TYPE METAL BOARD:

Such board shall be suitable for large switchboards for mounting large number of

switchgears and/or higher capacity metal clad switchgear. These shall consist of an

angle or channel iron frame fixed on the wall at the top. There shall be a clear

distance of 1 m in front of the switchboard. The connection between the switchgear

mounting and the concreting cable upon the wall shall be enclosed in a protection

pipe.

The detailed dimensions and design of metal boards and angle from frame work for

switch gear, including the dispositions of the various mounting, which shall be

symmetrically and heat arranged for arriving at the over all dimensions shall be

prepared and submitted before hand and shall have the prior approval of the

Engineer-in-Charge.

14.14 MARKETING OF APPARATUS:

When a board is connected to voltage higher than 250 volts all the terminals or loads

of the apparatus mounted on it shall be marked in the following colour to indicate the

different poles of phase to which the apparatus or its different terminals may have

been connected. A. C.

Three phases - Red, blue and yellow



Neutral - Black

Where four-wire three-phase wiring is done, the neutral shall preferably be in one

colour and the other three wires in another colours.

Where a board has more than one switchgear, each such switchgear be marked to

indicate which section of the installation it controls. The main switch gear shall be

marked as such where there is more than one main switch board in the building,

each such switch board shall be marked to indicate which section of the installation

and building it controls.

All markings required under this rule shall be clear and permanent.

All distribution boards shall be marked ‘Lighting’ of ‘Power’ as the case may be and

also marked with the pressure and number of phases of the supply. Each shall be

provided with a circuit, diagram and list giving details of each circuit, which it

controls, and the current rating of the circuit and size of the fuse element.

14.15 MAIN AND BRANCH DISTRIBUTION BOARDS AND THEIR LOCATION: Unless otherwise specified in the special specification main and distribution fuse

board shall be of the metal clad type.

14.15.1 Main distribution boards shall be controlled by a liked switch fuse or circuit breaker.

Each outgoing circuit shall be provided with a fuse on the phase or live conductor.

14.15.2 Branch distribution boards shall be controlled by a linked switch fuse or a circuit

breaker. Each outgoing circuit shall be provided with a fuse on the phase on live

conductor the earthen neutral conductor shall be connected to a common link and be

capable of being disconnected individually for testing purpose. At least one spare

circuit of the same capacity shall be provided on each branch distribution board.

The distribution fuse board shall be located as near as possible to the centre of the

load they are intended to control. These distribution fuse boards shall be fixed on

suitable station or wall and shall be accessible for replacement of fuses as and when

necessity arises.

They shall be of metal clad type, out if exposed to weather or damp situations they

shall be of weather proof type and if installed where exposed to explosive dust,

vapour or gas, they shall be flame proof type.

Where two or more distribution fuse boards feeding low-pressure circuits are fed

from a supply at medium voltage, these distribution boards shall be:

a) Fixed not less than 2m. apart, au

b) Arranged so that two cannot be open at a time that is they are interlocked and

the metal case is marked ‘Danger 400 Volts’ or

c) Installed in a room or enclosure accessible to only authorised persons.

Triple pole distribution boards shall not be generally used for final circuit distribution

unless specific approval of Engineer-in-charge is obtained. In such special case

where use of Triple pole distribution boards are inevitable, they shall be of H.R.C.

fuse type only.



14.16 CAPACITY OF CIRCUITS:

Lights and fans may be wired on a common circuits, such circuit shall not have more

than a total of ten points of light, fan and socket outlet or a load of 800 watts,

whichever is less.

Power circuit building shall be designed with a maximum of two outlets per circuit. In

non-residential buildings, however, there shall be only one outlet per circuit. The

circuit shall be designed based on the loading of the circuit. Where not specified, the

load shall be taken as 1 K W per outlet. Wherever the board to be fed is more than 1

K W it shall be controlled by an isolator switch of miniature circuit breaker.

14.17 WIRING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS: In wiring a branch distribution board, the total load of the consuming devices shall be

divided, as far as possible evenly between the number of ways of the board, board

leaving the spare circuit for future extension.

All connection between of pieces apparatus or between apparatus and terminal on a

board shall be neatly arranged in a definite sequence. Following the arrangement of

the apparatus mounted thereon avoiding unnecessary crossing.

Cable shall be connected to terminals only be doldered lugs, unless the terminals are

of such a form that they can be securely clamped, without cutting away of cable

strands.

All per conductor shall be rigidly fixed in such a manner that clearance of at least 2.5

cm. is maintained between conductors or opposite polarity or phase and between the

conductors and any materials other than insulating materials. In a hinged board, the

incoming and outgoing cables shall be Bentley bunched and shall be fixed in such a

way that the doors shall be capable of swinging through an angle or not less than 90

degrees.

If required in the special specification, a pilot lamp shall be fixed and connected

through an independent single pole switch and fuse to the bus bars of the board.

14.18 PASSING THROUGH WALLS: When conductors, pass through walls, any one of the following methods, shall be

employed. Care shall be taken to see that wires pass very freely through protective

pipe or box and that wires pass through in a straight line without Abby twist or cross

in wires, on either ends of such holes.

(a) The conductors shall be carried out in an approved heavy gauge solid drawn or lap welded conduit or in a proclaim tube of such a size that it permit easy drawings, in the ends of conductor shall be neatly brushed with porcelain, wood or other approved materials.

(b) Where a wall tube passes outside a building so as to be exposed to weather, the outer and shall be bell mounted and turned downwards and properly



brushed on the open end.

14.19 FIXING TO WALLS AND CEILING: Plug for ordinary walls or ceiling shall be of well seasoned tea or other approved hard wood not less than 5 cm. long by 2.5 cm. square on the inner and 2 cm. square on the outer end. They shall be cemented into walls within 6.5 mm of the surface the remainder being finished according to the nature of the surface with plaster. Where owing to irregular curing or either reasons the plugging of the walls or ceiling with wood plugs present difficulties, the wood casing, wood batter or metal conduit shall be attached to the or ceiling in a approved manner, In case of new buildings, the teak wood plugs shall be fixed in the walls, as far as possible before first coat of white washing. Plugging of walls or ceiling can be done in a better way where neatness is the first consideration. In all such cases an approved type of asbestos or fiber fixing plug (Raw or Phil plug) with correct size of tees shall be used and done in a workman like manner. Where this cannot be done, wooden plugs as described can be used with special permission of the Engineer in charge.

14.20 FITTING:

Lights, fans and socket outlets shall be so located as to provide maximum comfort to

the occupant and to enable him to utilize the electricity in the most economical

manner.

Where conductors are required to be drawn through tube or channel leading to the

fittings, the tube or channel must be free from sharp angles or projecting edges and

of size as will enable them to be wires with the conductors used for the final circuit

without removing the braiding or lapping. As far as possible or tubes or channels

should be of sufficient size to permit to leaping back.

No inflammable shade shall form a part of a light fitting against all risks of fire.

Celluloid shade or light fitting shall not be used under any circumstances. Vitreous

enabled iron shade shall be of size 250 mm x 90 mm (normal size with a tolerance of

5mm. Plastic shade shall not be generally used in the fittings suit for incandescent

lamps.

Enclosed type fittings shall be provided with a removable glass receptacles,

arranged to enclosure, the lamp complete and of such size of construction as to

prevent under heat of the lamp, or if the positional fittings were such that the glass

receptable is liable to mechanical damage, the glass shall be protected by suitable

wire guard. The loads of pre-wired fixture shall be terminated on ceiling rose of

conductor.

External and road lamps shall have weatherproof fittings of approved design so as to

effectively prevent the admission of moisture. An insulating distance piece of

moisture proof material shall be inserted between the holder nipple and the fitting.

Flexible cord conductors and cord grip lamp holders must be used where exposed to

weather.

In verandas and similar exposed situations, where pendants are used they shall be

of fixed rod type. Bulkhead fittings shall be of cast iron/cast aluminum body suitably

painted white inside and gray outside complete with heat resistant glass cover P.C.



holder and wire guard suitable for 100 watts incandescent lamp. Where specific

gasket for glass cover and shock proof P.C. holder shall be provided. 14.21 ACCESSORIES:

All switches shall be placed in the live, conductor of the circuit and no single pole

switches of fuse shall be inserted in the earth, earthen neutral conductor of the

circuit. Single pole switches (other than for multiple control) carrying not more than

15 Amp. May be of the turbater type and the switch shall be ‘ON’ when the handle or

knob is down. 14.22 SOCKET OUTLETS:

(A) A socket outlet shall not embody terminals integral part of it. But the fuse may

be embodied in plug in which case plug shall be non- reversible and shall be so

arranged and connected that the fuse is connected to phase, live conductor or

the non-earthen conductor of the circuit.

(B) Every socket outlet shall be controlled by main switch.

(C) The switch controlled the socket outlet shall be on the "Live” side of the line.

(D) A Amp. and 15 Amp. socket outlet sg\hall be normally be fixed at any

convenient place 23 CMS. above the floor level or near such level in special

cases as desired by the Engineer-in-charge. 15 Amp. switch and socket should

have integral provisions of an indicator diode. The switch for 5 Amp. socket

outlet shall be kept at normal switch level and that for 15 Amp along with the

socket outlet. However, in special case, if desired by the Engineer-in-charge the

5 Amp. along with the socket outlet.

(E) Where socket outlet placed at lower levels, they shall be enclosed in a suitable

metallic box. As the case may be to harmonise with the system of wiring

adopted.

(F) In an earthen system of supply a socket outlet and plug shall be of the three

pin-type the third terminal shall be connected to earth.

(G) Conductors connecting electrical appliance, with socket outlet shall be of

flexible twin cord with an earthlings cord which shall be secured by connecting

between the earth terminal of plug and the metallic body of the electrical

appliance. 14.23 ATTACHMENT OF FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES:

In case of conduit wiring, and accessories like switches, socket outlets, call bell

pushes and regulators shall be fixed in flush pattern inside metal boxes.

Accessories like ceiling roses, brackets, battens, stipp pendants etc. shall be

fixed on metal outlet boxes, aluminum alloy or radium plated iron screws shall

be used to fix the accessories to their basis. The blocks/boards shall normally

be mounted with their bottom 1.25 meter from floor level. The boards shall have

sun mica finish.

14.24 FANS, REGULATORS AND CLAMPS: (A) Ceiling fans including their suspensions shall conform to relevant Indian

standard.

(B) All ceiling fans shall be wired to ceiling roses or to special connector boxes and

suspended from hocks or shackles with insulators between hooks and

suspension rods. There shall be no joint in the suspension rod.



(C) For concrete roofs, ceiling fan hooks shall be buried in the concrete during construction.

M. S. flat of size 4mm x 6mm bent in the form of an inverted "U” supported on two cross

rods or cross flats 60 cm long which are bound together to the top reinforcement the roof

shall be used. The distance between the vertical lags shall not be less than 15 cm. and

the legs shall project at least 13 cm. below the ceiling and oval holes shall be made in

them for carrying a 15 m dia rod hook. Alternatively a 15 mm dia M. S. rod in "U” shape

of "U” with their vertical legs bent horizontally at the top at least 1cm. either side and

bound to the top reinforcement of the roof shall be used.

(D) In building with concrete roofs having a low ceiling height where the fan clamp

mentioned under ( C ) cannot be used or whatever specified recessed type fan clamp

outside a cistern box, shall be used.

(E) Canopies on top of suspensions road shall effectively hide the suspensions.

(F) The loading wire shall be or normal cross sectional area not less than

1.5 sq. Mt. and shall be protected from abrasion.

(G) Unless otherwise specified all ceiling fans shall be ‘2.75 mm ht above the floor.

(H) In the case of measurement of extra down rod for ceiling fan including the same shall be

measured in units of 10 CMS. may lengths less than cm. shall be ignored.

EXHAUST FANS: (A) Exhaust fan shall conform to the relevant Indian standards. (B) Exhaust fans shall be fixed at the places indicated by the Engineer-in- charge. For fixing

an exhaust fan a circular hole shall be provided in the wall of suit the size of the frame,

which shall be fixed by means of rag, bolts embedded to the wall. The hole shall be

neatly plastered to the original finish of the wall. The exhaust fan shall be connected to

exhaust fan point, which shall be wire as near to the hole as possible by means of a

flexible cored, car being taken that the rotate in the proper direction.

(C) Exhaust fans for installation in corrosive atmosphere, the exhaust fan shall be painted

with a special PVC paint or chloronted rubber paint (chlore rubber paint).

(D) Installation of exhaust fans in kitchens dark rooms and such other specials locations

needs careful consideration.

The regulations of ceiling fans/exhaust fans regulators shall be connected to earth by

loop earthlings.

14.25 CONDUIT WIRING:

SURFACE CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM:

All conduit pipes shall be of approved gauge (not less than 16 SWG for conduit

of sizes up to 32 mm. diameter and not less than 14 SEG got conduit of sizes

above 32 mm dia) solid drawn or lap welded finished with galvanized or stove

enameled surface. All conduit accessories shall be of threaded type and under

no circumstances pin grip type or clamp grip type accessories shall be used.

The maximum number of VIR PVC insulated 250 volts grade aluminum

conductor cable that can be drawn section and the number of cables per

conduit shall not be exceeded. No steel conduit less than 19 mm. in dia meter

shall be used.

Cables carrying direct current if desired be bunched whatever their polarity, but

cable carrying alternating current, if installed in metal conduit shall always be



bunched so that the outgoing and return cables are drawn into the same

conduit. Conduit pipes shall be joined by means of screwed couplers and

screwed accessories only.

In long distance straight run of conduit, inspection type coupler at reasonable

intervals shall be provided or running threads with couplers and jam nuts shall

be provided. In the latter case the bare threaded portion shall be threaded with

anti corrosive preservatives.

Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13mm to 19mm long

sufficient to accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or

accessories. Out end conduits pipes shall have no sharp edges nor any burds

left to avoid damage to the insulation of conductors which pulling them through

such pipes.

The Engineer in charge with a view to ensuring that the above provisions has

been carried out may require that the separate lengths of conduits etc. after

they have been prepared, shall be submitted for inspection before being fixed.

The layout of conduit should be such that any condensation or sweating inside

the conduit is drained out. Suitable precaution should also be taken to prevent

entry of insects inside the conduit.

The outer surface of conduit include all bends, unions, tees, junction boxes etc.

forming part of the conduit system shall be adequately protected against rush

when such system is exposed to weather by being painted with two coats of

oxide paint applied before they are fixed. In all cases, to bars threaded portion

of conduit pipe shall be allowed. Unless such bars threaded portion is treated

with anti corrosive preservation on covered with approved plastic compound.



After installation, all surface of conduit pipes fitting, switch and regular boxes etc. shall

be painted.

FIXING OF CONDUIT: (A) Conduit pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge saddles, secured to suitable wood plugs or

other approved plugs with screw in an approved manner at an interval of not more than

one metre but on either side of the couplers or bands, or similar fittings saddles shall be

fixed at a distance of 30 cm. from the center of such fittings. The saddles should not be

less than 4 gauges for conduits up to 25 mm. and not less than2 gauge for larger

diameter.

(B) Where conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joints, etc. the same shall be

secured by means of ordinary clips or grinder clips as required by the Engineer in charge

where it is not possible to drill holes in the truss members, suitable clamps with bolts and

nut shall be used. The width and the thickness of the ordinary clips or grinder clips and

clamps shall be not less than as stated below.

FOR CLAMPS ON ORDINARY CLIPS:

Size of conduitWidth of saddle clip Thickness of clip

1mm 19mm 20 SWG

25mm 19mm 20 SWG

32mm and above 25mm 18 SWG

FOR GIRDER CLIPS: For all sizes of conduit size of clamping rod shall be 7 SWG diameters. All necessary bends in

the system, including diversion shall be done by bending pipes or by inserting suitable or

inspection boxes whichever is most suitable conduit fittings shall be avoided as far as

possible on conduit system exposed to weather. Their necessary solid type fittings shall

be used, radius of bends, in conduit pipes shall not be less than 7.5 cm. No length of

conduit shall have more than the equivalent of four-quarter bends, from outlet to outlet.

The switch or regulator box shall be made of metal on all sides, except on the front. In

the case of cast boxes, wall thickness shall be at least 3mm and in case of welded mild

steel sheet boxes the wall thickness shall not be less than 10 gauges for boxes. Up to a

size of 20cm x 30cm and above this M. S. boxes shall be used except where otherwise

stated 3mm thick phonetic laminated sheets like sun mica shall be fixed on the front with

brass screws. Clear depth of the box shall not be less than 60mm and this shall be

increased suitably to accommodate mounting of fan regulators in flush pattern. Only a

portion of the above box shall be sunk in the wall, the other portion being projection out

for suitable entry of conduit pipes in the box.

14.26



The conduit of each circuit or section shall be completed before conductors are drawn in.

The entire system of conduit after erection shall be tested for mechanical and electrical

continuity throughout the permanently connected to earth conforming to the requirements

specified elsewhere by means of special approved type of earthling cap efficiently

fastened to conduit pipe in a workman like manner for a perfect continuity between the

earth and conduit. Gas or water pipe shall not be used as earth medium. If conduit pipes

are liable to mechanical damage, they shall be adequately protected. In conduit system

pipes continues when passing through walls or must to be floors. RECESSED CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM:

Recessed conduit wiring system shall comply with all the requirements of surface conduit

wiring system specified, in clauses above and in addition to the requirements specified in

the following clauses:

The chase in the wall shall be neatly made and of sample dimensions to permit the

conduit to be fixed in the manner desired. In the case of building, under construction

conduit shall be buried in the wall before plastering and shall be finished neatly after

erection of conduit. In case of exposed brick rubble masonry works, special care should

be taken to fix the conduit and accessories in position along with the building work. The

conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples or by means of saddles not more than 60

cm. apart or by any other approved means of fixing. Fixing of standard bends elbows

shall be avoided as far as practicable and all maintained by bending the conduit pipe it

self with a long radius, which will permit easy drawing of conductors. A threaded joint of

conduit pipes shall be treated with approved presentation compound to ensure protection

against rust. Suitable inspection boxes to the barest minimum requirements shall be

provided to permit periodical inspection and to facilitate replacement of wires, if

necessary. These shall be mounted flush with the walls. Suitable ventilating holes shall

be provided in the inspection box covers.

All outlets such as switches, wall sockets, etc. shall be flush types. The outlet box shall

be same as above the shall be mounted flush with the wall. The metal box shall be

efficiently earthen with conduit by an approved means of earth attachment.

The facilities drawing of wires in the conduit, G I fix wire of 10 SWG shall be provided

along with lying of recessed conduit.

8.4.1


Sign of contractor 6 3351

14.27 EARTHINGS:

(i) Earth electrode either in the form of pipe electrode or plate electrode shall be provided at

all premises for providing in earth system.

(ii) Except for equipment provided with double insulate all the non-circuit carrying metal

parts of electrical insulation is to be earthen properly. All metal conduit trucking cases,

sheaths, switch gears, distribution fuse boards lighting fittings and all other parts made of

metal shall be bent together and connected by means of separate and distinct conductor

to an effective earth electrode.

(iii) The main earth electrode should be a C.I. perforated pipe driven into the soil as per

standard practice. Continuous loops earthling should be provided with adequate size of GI

wire. Earthling work should conform to I.E. Rules.

It shall be provided in accordance with I. S. 3043 (1966) (Code practice for earthling).



SCHEDULE – B6

Miscellaneous expenses on the repairs of alum tank, pipes, chlorination tank, water proofing and interlinking of filter plant with existing and prop osed filter plant and sump etc. Specification as per instructions given by Engineer In Charge from the GSECL office.



SCHEDULE – B7

MAINTANANCE AND REPAIRES FOR 12 MONTHS

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACTOR FOR OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

1- ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

The following additional clauses shall apply only d uring the Operation and Maintenance period.

DEFINITIONS: In this Agreement the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them, except where the context otherwise requires:

1. "Contract" shall mean the agreement between the Employer and the Contractor along with

all documents incorporated therein by reference and all documents incorporated by these Conditions of Contract.

2. "Contractor's Equipment" shall mean all equipment, instruments, tools, machinery and other appliances and things of whatsoever nature required for the fulfillment of the Contract or of the Contractor's Obligations, but not including those items which are intended to form, or which form part of the Facility.

3. "Contractor's Obligations" shall mean the obligation to run, operate, maintain and manage the works completed under the construction contract in its entirety and shall, without limitation, include the Contractor's Operation and Maintenance.

4. Taking Over Certificate" shall mean the certificate to be issued when the whole of the Works or any sections or parts of the Permanent works have been substantially completed and satisfactorily passed the tests on completion in accordance with the provisions of the Contract

5. "Date of Taking Over" shall mean the date of issue of the Taking Over Certificate" under the construction phase.

6. "Defects Liability Period* shall mean the Defects Liability Period of 1 (one) year for all works commencing on and from Date of Taking Over during which the Contractor shall undertake the responsibilities, and have the liability for the facility.

7. "Facility" shall mean the entire system to be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions hereof, including the buildings, structures, ramps, pits, pipes; fencing, lighting, testing and analysis equipment; tools, computers, software programs, safety equipment, plant machinery, supplies, instruments and inventory incorporated therein, as well as all open areas within the site, and including any additions, modifications, alterations, replacement and repairs as may be made thereto from time to time.

7. "Governmental Authority" shall mean any Indian entity, authority or body exercising

executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, GSECL, commission or instrumentality of Indian or any political subdivision thereof, court, tribunal, arbitrator or self-regulatory organization.

8. "Law" shall mean and include all the provisions of ail Indian statutes, regulations, ordinances, codes, official or other standards, administrative or other rules, zoning and other plans and restrictions, building and other permits, judgments awards and decrees of, or agreements with any Governmental, semi-. Governmental or quasi-Governmental Authority



as currently in effect or as may be in effect from time to time and /or as may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

10. "Maintenance Standard" shall mean the requirements for maintaining, repairing, and renewing the Facility: a) As set forth in the 0 & M Manual; bidder shall enclose this with the bid document b) Required pursuant to applicable Law; c) As may be necessary for keeping the facility in a satisfactory condition such that the

Facility will continuously, comply with the Operation Standard; and d) As may be necessary to ensure that the Facility shall continuously be in an optimum

condition and state in relation with the lifetime of the Facility. 11. "O & M Manual" shall mean the final Manual for the Operation and Maintenance of the

Facility to be prepared in accordance with the Bid Documents. 12. "Operation and Maintenance Obligations" shall mean the obligation of the Contractor

pursuant to the Agreement to operate and maintain the Facility on and from the Date of Taking Over until the date of completion of this Agreement.

13. "Operation and Maintenance Period" shall mean the period starting on the Date of Taking Over and continuing for the term of the Agreement.

14. "Operation and Maintenance Price" shall mean the amount payable by the Employer to the Contractor, for the fulfillment of the Contractor's Operation and Maintenance Obligations.

15. "Operation Standard" shall mean: a) The Performance Guarantees; b) All applicable Laws; c) All of the requirements, policies and procedures set forth in the O & M Manual d) All other operational requirements set forth in this Agreement.

16. "Performance Guarantees" shall mean the List of Guarantees offered/provided .by the

Contractor in its Bidder Submission pursuant of the Bid Documents. 17. "Site" shall mean that specific area specified in the Bid Documents and shall include any

other places as may be specifically designated by the Employer from time to time as forming part of the Site.



CLAUSE 1 - OBJECT OF CONTRACT

1.1 RISK AND OBLIGATION OF THE CONTRACTOR

For the duration of O & M period, Contractor shall render and make available to the a) Drawl of water from relevant storages and transfer to end users (i.e. Colony level storages). b) Control and Operation of Plant;

c) Routine Maintenance of all Buildings, installations and equipment and areas; d) Management of the plant in administrative and financial operations connected to plant

management; e) Training to O & M staff of GSECL

For the duration of the O & M contract only water & power shall be supplied by GSECL ,All other cost of chemicals, consumption materials, manpower etc shall be one by the energy.

The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care of the Facility and materials and Plant from the date of issue of the Taking-Over Certificate for the whole of the Works, until the date of completion of the Operation and Maintenance period, when the responsibility for the care shall pass to the Employer.

If any loss or damage happens to the Facility, or any part thereof, or materials or Plant for incorporation therein, during the period for which the Contractor Is responsible for the care thereof, from any cause whatsoever, other than the risks defined in Sub-Clause 1.2, the Contractor shall, at his own cost, rectify such loss or damage so that the Facility conform in every respect with the provisions of the Contract to the satisfaction of the Employer. The Contractor shall also be liable for any loss or damage to the Works occasioned by him in the course of any operations carried out by him for the purpose of complying with his obligation under Sub-Clause 1.2.

In the case of a combination of risks causing loss or damage any such determination shall take into account the proportional responsibility of the Contractor and the Employer.

1.2 RISKS AND OBLIGATION OF THE EMPLOYER For the duration of this Contract, Employer will supply raw water free of charge in quantity as specified in Bid Documents at locations specified in the bid document. Provide free access to the site and the plant and all its components free of charge. Make payments to the Contractor according to the terms of this Contract as specified in Clause 15, hereinafter. If the Employer shall carry out work on the Site with his own workmen he shall, in respect of such work: a) Have full regard to the safety of all entitled to be upon the Site, and b) Keep the Site in an orderly state appropriate to the avoidance of danger to such persons. If the Employer shall employ other contractors in the Site, he shall require them to have the same regard for and avoidance of danger. The Employer risks are those specified in Clause 17.3 Conditions of Contract- Part-I.

CLAUSE 2 - COMMENCEMENT AND DURATION OF O & M CONTRACT

2.1 The O&M Period shall commence upon issuing of Taking Over Certificate in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10 of the Conditions of Contract-Part-I under the construction phase of the project and shall continue for a period of three (3) years, including defect liability period as



mentioned in the Conditions of Contract Should the Employer wish to propose an extension to the O & M Period, he will give 180 days prior notice of its intention to exercise such option.

Extension of the O & M Period would involve a negotiated revision to the Terms and Conditions of the Agreement.

CLAUSE 3 – LIABILITY

3.1 TheContractor will not under any circumstances be liable for costs or loss of profit that the Employer may incur as a result of the unavailability of the plant on account of force Majeure.

CLAUSE 4 – INSURANCE

4.1 The Contractor shall, without limiting his or t he Employer's obligations and responsibilities

insure:

a) The Works, together with materials and Plant for incorporation therein, to the full replacement cost (term "cost" in this context shall include profit).

b) The Contractor's Equipment and other things brought onto the Site by the Contractor, for a sum sufficient to provide for their replacement at the Site.

The insurance detailed above shall be in the joint names of the Contractor and the Employer at the Contractor's cost and shall cover the Employer and the Contractor against all loss or damage from whatsoever cause arising, other than as provided in Clause 1, from the start of the operation and maintenance until the date of completion of operation and maintenance in respect of the Facility or any Section or part thereof as the case may be.

Any amounts not insured or not recovered from the insurers shall be borne by the, The Contractor shall, except if and so far as the Contract provides otherwise, indemnify the Employer against all losses and claims in respect of: i) Death of or injury to any person, or, ii) Loss OF damage to any property (other than the Works), which may arise out of in

consequent of the Operation and Maintenance of the Facility and the remedying of anydefectstherein, and against all claims proceedings, damages, costs, changes and expenseswhatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto, subject to the exceptions defined in Sub-Clause 1.2.

The “exceptions" referred to in Sub-Clause 1.2 are: a. The permanent use or occupation of land by the Works, or any part thereof. b. The right ofthe Employer to execute the Works, or any part thereof, on, over, under,In

orthrough any land, c. Damage toproperty which is the unavoidable result of the execution and completion ofthe

Works, or the remedying of any defects therein, in accordance with thecontract, and d. Death ofor injury to persons or loss of or damage to property resulting from any act or

neglect if the Employer, his agents, servants, or other contractors, not being employed by the Contractor or in respect of any claims, proceedings, damages, costs,charges and expenses in respect thereof or in relation thereof or, where the Injury ordamage was contributed to by the Contractor, his servants or agents, such part ofthe said injury or damage as may be just and equitable having regard to the extentof the responsibility of the Employer, his servants or agents or other contractors for the injury ordamage.

TheEmployer shallindemnify the Contractor against ail claims, proceedings, damages; costs,charges, andexpenses in respect of the matters referred to in the exceptions defined inSub-Clause 1.2.



The Contractor shall, without limiting his or the Employer's obligations and responsibilities under Clause 1, issue in the joint names of the Contractor and the responsibilities under Clause 1, insure in the joint names of the Contractor and the Employer, against liabilities for death of or injury to any person or loss of or damage to any property (other than the Facility) arising out of the Operation and Maintenance of the project other than the exceptions defined. The insurance policy shall include a cross liability clause such that the insurance shall apply to the Contractor and to the Employer as separate insurers. The Employer shall not liable for or in respect of any damages or compensation payable to any workman or other person in the employment of the Contractor or any Subcontractor, other than death or injury resulting from any act or default of the Employer, his agents or servants. The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the employer against all such damages and compensation, other than those for which the Employer is liable as aforesaid, and against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto. The Contractor shell Insure against such liability and shall continue such insurance during the whole of thetime that any persons are employed by him on the Facility. ''Providing that, In respect of any persons employed by any Subcontractor, the Contractor’s obligations to insure as aforesaid under this Sub-Clause shall be satisfied If the Subcontractor shell have insured against the liability in respect of such persons in such manner that the Employer is indemnified under the policy, but the Contractor shall require suchSub contractor to produce to the Employer, when required, such policy of insurance and receipt for the payment of the current premium. In the event thatthe Contractor or the Employer fails to comply with conditions imposed By the insurance policies affected pursuant to the Contract, each will indemnify the other againstall losses and claims arising from such failure according to the Contract Clause5 – PERSONNEL

All Contractors' personnel employed at the plant at any time during the period covered by the present Contract will be provided by him. The Employer is not liable for personnel In any way and cannot be held responsible in the event of litigation of any sort between the Contractor and members of plant personnel or their representatives. All decisions related to staff numbers and qualifications should be approved by the I Employer. The Contractor undertakes to comply with applicable legislation and the code of labour tow on matters of health, hygiene and safety, and shall assume responsibility for works required In the event of any change in applicable regulations.

The contractor will provide the following personnel for the full term of operation, maintenance and training period with the following staff: a) Operation, Maintenance and Training Project Manager. b) Operation Specialist. c) Maintenance Manager. d) Electrical/Instrumentation and Controls Specialist. e) Training Specialists. f) Operation & Maintenance Engineers (Bidder to specify number of Engineers as per his

operational requirements).

CLAUSE 6 – TERMINATION



6.1 Termination by the Employer Clause 15 of the Genera! Conditions of Contract shall be applicable in this case.

6.2 Termination by the Contractor

Clause 16 of the General Conditions of Contract shall be applicable in this case. CLAUSE 7-FORCE MAJEURE Clause 19 of the General Conditions of Contract shall be applicable in this case. CLAUSE 8 - CONTRACT INTERPRETATION AND DISPUTES SETTLEMENT The Clause20.5 Amicable Settlement of Disputes of the General Conditions of Contract (part-I) shall apply. CLAUSE 9-A SSIGNMENT The Contractor will not be entitled to sub-contract any part of his obligation to any third party without prior approval of the Employer. CLAUSE 10- Completion Of The Contract On the date of Contract Completion or if the Contract is terminated, alt the installations, worksand equipment placed under the Contractor's responsibility shall be handed over to theEmployer, at no cost, in good working order, except for normal wear and tear. The Employer may perform any inspections, tests or expert appraisals he shall consider necessary with a view to checking that the property is in good working order At theend of O&M period, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive an Operation and Maintenance Completion Certificate within twenty-one (21) days, of the completion of theContract. The delivery of such Completion Certificate will relieve the Contractor from his responsibility as regard to the Operation and Maintenance and confirm that the Contractor has fulfilled all of his obligations under the contract.



GENERAL SERVICES, DAY TO DAY MANAGEMENT, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE Procurement (1) The Contractor shall carry out purchasing as follows:

(a) The Contractor shall procure goods, works, and services for day to day water operations and maintenance in accordance with contract conditions and

(b) The Contractor shall procure goods, works and services with respect to the programs under the O&M Plan in accordance contract provisions

(2) The Contractor shall procure goods and services for use in the day to day water operations and maintenance of scheme, (a) In accordance with the Procurement Guidelines developed by the Contractor and

approved by GSECL (b) In accordance with applicable Annual Operations and Maintenance Plan

Supplying water to additional villages (Already included in the scheme) (3) If, in accordance with the GSECL’s instruction if the Service to habitations are to be

increased, decreased or changed, the Contractor shall, (a) Manage the implementation of the increase, decrease or change, as instructed by

GSECL; (b) Extend the Services to any new geographical areas added to the Scheme Tariff

Assistance (4) At the request of GSECL the Contractor shall provide assistance to GSECL in respect of all

matters related to the establishment of tariffs. (5) The Contractor’s assistance shall include,

(a) In respect of each category of Customer, providing information with respect to Customers, volume of water delivered to Customers, volumes billed, the value of billings and collections and the age of debt per Customer;

(b) Providing financial modeling of operations and maintenance costs in each habitation of the Scheme;

(c) Providing opinion with respect to tariff setting, including advice on trends and approaches in respect of tariffs;

(d) Providing feedback and insight into the potential implications of proposed tariff in terms of effect on Customer behavior and financial sustainability; and

(e) Preparing quarterly and annual reports on the recovery, affordability, willingness to pay and adequacy of tariffs, including comments on the effects of past tariff collection practices on Customer behavior.

Tail end / low pressure habitations Services Plan (1) The Contractor shall prepare a plan to improve the level and quality of water supply services

to tail end habitations (2) The tail end habitation Services Plan shall include,

(a) A review of existing standpipes in the tail end area; (b) An evaluation of options for standpipe management in each tail end / low pressure

habitation in the scheme area; (c) An analysis of alternative management and provision methods for standpipes,

including the introduction of boosting system, sumps and other systems; (d) An action plan for improving tail end and low pressure habitations services that are

approved by the GSECL; and (e) An action plan for repairing non-operational system components.

(3) The Contractor shall consult with the GSECL in the preparation of the tail end habitation Services Plan.



Distribution of Water to habitations (1) The Contractor shall,

(a) Supply, store and distribute treated water to habitations included in the scheme; (b) Monitor the distribution system for the purpose of leak detection; (c) Manage all reservoirs, including cleaning processes; (d) Carry out all flushing and swabbing of water mains; (e) Manage the disinfection of water in the water supply and distribution facilities to

ensure all water quality and Performance Standards are met; (f) Manage and maintain all fire hydrants and cooperate with the local fire fighting

authorities in all aspects of fire protection; (g) Include new habitations, start supply to not taking or not supplied habitations to the

water distribution systems in accordance with technical specifications provided to the Contractor by GSECL;

(i) Manage the process whereby Third Parties carry out the construction of extensions to the water distribution system for the purpose of connecting new habitations and,

(j) Perform day to day repairs to the water supply, storage and distribution system, including the repair of leaks, and carry out emergency repairs of large leaks on trunk mains;

(k) Conduct field inspections and collect data to demonstrate, to the satisfaction of GSECL, that Performance Standards are being met;

(l) As the need arises, transport water, by tanker truck or other means, to the habitations; and

(m) Manage and develop the network to reduce the numbers of habitations affected by low water pressure.

Network Improvement Leakage Management Plan The Contractor shall prepare a leakage management plan including, (a) An analysis of physical leakage in the network; (b) The development of a detailed plan to carry out leak detection in the network; (c) The development of an implementation program to correct leakage in the network; (d) A plan to divide the network into leakage monitoring zones; (e) A plan to record the frequency of bursts in the network; (f) A system for monitoring and reporting on the Contractor s response times for the repair of

network bursts; (g) A plan to identify and resolve excessive pressures in the network; and (h) A methodology for identifying leakage reduction priorities. Constancy of Supply The Contractor shall, (a) Carry out the measurement of hours of supply from the distribution centers; and (b) Provide details of supply constancy performance, including summaries of the populations

affected by scheduled supplies and unplanned interruptions, in the Monthly Reports and Annual Reports.

Network – General With respect to the rehabilitation, renewal and replacement of the network, the Contractor shall,



(a) Carry out all network analysis, scheme evaluation and detailed design and specification; and (b) Prioritize the rehabilitation, renewal and replacement activities in order to achieve the

Performance Standards for leakage reduction, water pressure and water quality. Water Distribution Main Replacement The Contractor shall select the Water Distribution Mains to be replaced based on the following criteria: (a) The frequency of bursts on the Water Distribution Main based on any available historical data; (b) Safety; (c) The result zonal water balances and other surveys; (d) qaThe physical and hydraulic condition of the Water Distribution Main; (e) The age of the Water Distribution Main; and (f) Other relevant local information. (i) The Contractor shall replace all connected service connections associated with a Water

Distribution Main that is being replaced. Network Zoning (1) The Contractor shall maintain and develop network zones in the Service Area based on the

criteria set out by GSECL (2) In each Network Zone, the Contractor shall,

(a) Identify existing boundary valves and ensure they are fully functional; (b) verify that proper zone isolation exists by conducting a zero pressure test for the zone; (c) Identify habitations without meters; (d) Install meters for habitations without meters; (e) construct a chamber at the inflow point to the zone, with a lockable cover, for the

installation of an inflow meter, pressure logger and pressure control device; (f) install an inflow meter and pressure data loggers; and (g) install a pressure control device at the inflow point, if appropriate.

Monitoring Physical Losses in the Network Zones (1) The Contractor shall monitor water flow, constancy and, if appropriate, pressure in the

Network Zones using the various monitoring devices and any other investigations required to produce the information necessary for comprehensive monitoring.

(2) The Contractor shall collect data and information and prepare a baseline report as to the extent of physical losses in each Network Zone prior to the commencement of remedial work to correct leakage. The method of calculation of physical losses used by the Contractor shall be submitted to GSECL for its review and approval.

(3) The Contractor shall include a summary of zonal water loss performance achievement in each Network Zone in the Annual Reports.

Physical Loss Reduction in the Network Zones (1) The Contractor shall carry out a comprehensive program to reduce water losses in the

Network Zones including programs dealing with, (a) Leak detection; (b) Repair of leaks on Water Distribution Mains; (c) Replacement of leaking service connections including the replacement of the pipe

saddle at the connection point and any other parts of the service connection up to the water meter or entry point into premises and, only in circumstances where the service connection is in excellent condition, repair of leaking service connections;



(d) Replacement of sections of Water Distribution Mains as directed by GSECL (e) Pressure management to avoid excess pressure; and

(f) An active leakage control performance management system. Water Distribution Main Inspection outside Network Zones

The Contractor shall carry out regular Water Distribution Main inspections outside the Network Zones at least twice per Contract Year.

..



GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED I N T E G R I T Y P A C T

OUR ENDEAVOUR

To create an environment where business confidence is built through best business practices and is fostered in an atmosphere of trust and respect between providers of goods and services and their users for the ultimate benefit of society and the nation.

GSECL’S COMMITMENT PARTY’S COMMITMENT � To maintain the highest ethical standards in

business and professions. � Not to bring pressure recommendations from

outside GSECL to influence its decision.

� Ensure maximum transparency to the satisfaction of stakeholders.

� Not to use intimation, threat, inducement or pressure of any kind on GSECL or any of its employees under any circumstances.

� To ensure to fulfill the terms of agreement / contract and to consider objectively the view point of parties.

� To be prompt and reasonable in fulfilling the contract, agreement, legal obligations.

� To ensure regular and timely release of payments on due dates for work done.

� To provide goods and / or services timely as per agreed quality and specifications at minimum cost to GSECL.

� To ensure that no improper demand is made by employees or by anyone on our behalf.

� To abide by the general discipline to be maintained in our dealings.

� To give maximum possible assistance to all the Vendors / Suppliers / Service Provider and others to enable them to complete the contract in time.

� To be true and honest in furnishing information.

� To provide all information to suppliers / contractors relating to contract / job which facilitates him to complete the contract / job successfully in time.

� Not to divulge any information, business details available during the course of business relationship to others without the written consent of GSECL.

� To ensure minimum hurdles to vendors / suppliers / contractors in completion of agreement / contract / work order.

� Not to enter into cartel / syndicate / understanding whether formal / non-formal to influence the price.

SPECIALCONDITIONS:

1. The work istobe executed at any height for any leads and lifts with all tools, tackles, equipment, brooms, brushes, ladders, buckets, cloths sanitary acid, sticks, pawda, cleaning materials, phenyl, soap solution etc. Dusters for cleaning purpose shall have to be brought by the contractor at his own cost.

2. Any area of colony/ publicbuilding shall be cleaned asperinstruction of EIC and it will be paid inrespectiveitem.

3. Any timing or frequency period of cleaning as decided by EIC from time to time shall be agreed upon by the contractor without any extra cost.

4. Readilyavailablestock of cleaning materials like phenyl, acid, tile cleaners brooms, long brooms etc. and equipment and solution shall be kept on site store well in advance and shall be shown to GSECL Supervisory staff and if contractor fails to keep the stock of require cleaning materials in time, the Corporation will purchase the same from the market at risk and cost of contractor and necessary recovery will be imposed with 15% overhead charges from the bills.

5. The agency has to arrange sufficient tractors for transportation of garbage / waste to disposal area as per the requirement.



6. The dailyreport of workdone on each day and same checked and signed by our Supervisor shall be submitted by contractor in prescribed printed Performa shall be brought by the contractor at his own cost for such reports. The daily report shall be submitted by the contractor regularly.

7. Contractor shall beresponsiblefor any accident or damageto road gutter, manholes, dustbins, water closet pipe line etc. or any inconveniency caused by contractor for which the necessary compensation shall be paid by the contractor or recovered from the bill as deem fit by the Corporation.

8. If required the work shallbe continued during the extended period without any extra rate and it terms & condition. The time limit of the works shall be considered accordingly.

9. It is the responsibility of the contractor to get the work done satisfactorily by arranging sufficient manpower tool tackles materials etc. as per the requirement. For poor performance of the works, reduced rates shall be paid and necessary action shall be taken as per Corporation’s rules.

10. The contractor or his authorized representative shall remain present during working hours and as per requirement shown in clause – 03.

11. Any description is left out in item the work shall be executed as per the instruction of E.I.C. 12. If the work is not completed in time satisfactorily, the recovery for the same shall be made as per

Corporation’s rules plus 15% supervision charges. 13. If workis not carried out by the contractor, it will be got done at risk and cost of contractor and amount

along with 15% supervision charges will be recovered from the next R.A. bill. 14. If any dispute arises the booklet of “TENDER AND CONTRACTFOR WORKS’ may be referred and it will

be treated as part of the contract. 15. Contractor has to carry out the items as per the requirement as and when required and if he fails to

carry out the work as required, recovery will be made as per Corporation’s rules. 16. Contractor should keep the instruction book readilyavailable at site. 17. The Corporation shall not supply any materials for this work and Schedule: A is to be treated as ‘Nil’. 18. Whenever contractor fails to perform the workas per the requirement and up to the mark, the payment

for such works / jobs will not be considered. 19. Quantities of each item shown in the tender is approximate and may very up to any extent No claim

shall be entertained for quantities of work, executed being more or less than those entered in the Schedule-B of the Tender.

20. Workshall be carried out as per the priority given by EIC. 21. The rate of the tender is firm and no any price escalation shall bepaidto the contractor, for the contract

period & extended period if any. 22. Look in to the urgency of the particular work. The E.I.C. will instruct to take up and complete the

particular job / work in specified time. Otherwise, to complete the work, E.I.C. will arrange to execute the same without giving any notice or intimation to get the work executed through any other agency and recovery will be made as per Corporation’s rules.

23. If contractor shall fail in arranging adequate resources such as manpower, tools tackles, tractors, materials etc. to carry out the work as per instructions, it will be got done through other agency at contractor’s risk and cost and recovery shall be effected as per Corporation’s rules.

24. There should not be GSECL’S own workers& contractor’s workers at one location on similar nature or identical work.

25. Contractor shall be held fully responsible for any accident or damage to Corporation’s assets or persons or inconvenience is caused for the work the necessary compensation shall be paid by the contractor or recovered from his bill. The contractor shall engage all the labours / personals at his own risk and cost and shall comply & binding with all the labours laws, acts, securities all type of safety rules, insurances, regulations of compensation for accident etc. at this own risk and cost.

26. The labours, manpowertobe engaged by the contractor for this work shall be considered absolutely of his own employee and should be transferable from one establishment to another. The contractor will take away all the labours, men power to his own establishment after completion of this work. GSECL will not be absolutely held responsible in any way in the matter.

27. The cleaning contractor should have his independent provident fund account code and valid labour license for the labours engaged for this work.

28. Contractor will require complying and binding to all provision of contractor labour (R&A) ACT. Minimum wages act, factories act. Provident fund act. Workman’s compensation Act. & other labour laws, CPF regulation, license as per contract labour Act, EPF Act. Etc. responsible for violations of provision of above-mentioned Act.

29. Contractor must have group insurance and Issuance Policy for his workers & should produce a copy of the policy.



GENERAL TERMS & CONDITION OF CONTRACT: 01. LABOUR LAWS:

1) Persons below the age of 18 years shall not be employed for the work. 2) No female workers shall be employed in the night shift between 07.00 PM to 06.00 A.M. 3) Contractor shall maintain valid labour license under the Contractor labour (Regulation &Abolition)

Act.1972. For employing necessary manpower to be required by him. In the absence of such license the contract shall be liable to be terminated without assigning any reasons thereof.

4) The contractor shall at his own expense comply with all the labour laws and keep the GSECL indemnified in respect thereof. Some of the major liabilities under various labour and Industrial laws, which the contractor shall have to comply with, are as under.

5) Payment of contribution of employees (Contractlabour) as well as employer’s (Contractor) contribution towards Provident Fund, Family Pension Scheme, Employee Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme. Administrative charges, Inspection charges etc. at the rates made applicable from time to time by Government of Gujarat / Government of India or other Statutory Authorities.

6) Labour engaged by you shall be entitled for Earn leave as per the provision laid down in factories Act. 1948. Contractor shall extend the facility of E.L. as per the provision laid down in Factories Act and shall also have to maintain leave records in prescribed form under Factories Act.

7) No labours are allowed to enter in power station premises that do not have identity card prescribed under factories Act.

8) Contractor shall have to comply with the Maternity benefit if he happens to engaged female labours as per Maternity benefit Act.

9) Contractor shall have to obtain Insurance of the labourers engaged by him to carry out contractual work before commencement of work under workmen’s compensation Act.

10) P.F. CODE NUMBER: The contractor shall have to submit the details of his own P.F. code number along with offer from appropriate authorities. Without P.F. code No. the tender is likely to be disqualified.

11) PROVIDENT FUND AND FAMILY PENSION SCHEME : The contractor shall submit along with his bill (Monthwise) a statement regardingdeductions at the rate of 12% of the wages against employees provident Fund & Family pension Scheme in respect of each concerned employee. (Or at the rates made applicable by the Government from time to time) of the wages. The contractor’s contribution and his workers contribution towards Provident fund and Family Pension Scheme shall be deposited by the contractor with Regional Provident Fund Commissioner, Ahmedabad or to the authority prescribed under the Act along with the other charges applicable.

12) If any workman engaged by contractor meets with fatal or non-fatal accident while on duty then contractor shall be liable to pay compensation to the legal heir or to the workman as the case may be as per workman’s compensation Act..

13) EMPLOYEES DEPOSIT LINKED INSURANCE SCHEME: The contractor shall have to deposit ½ % of the rate applicable form time to time of the wages in respect of employees who are a member of the provident fund against the contribution towards Deposit linked insurance scheme with regional provident Fund Commissioner, Ahmedabad.

14) The Contractor should pay prevailing minimum wages to the labourers engaged by him as per the minimum wages Act in presence of the GSECL’s Officer or Representative.

15) The Contractor shall deposit fifteen days salary for every completed one year of service for each worker for the liabilities of gratuity.

16) ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGES : Administrative charges for maintaining Provident Fund Account shall be deposited by the contractor

with Regional Provident Fund commissioner, Ahmedabad or concerned PF office at the rates applicable.

17) LABOUR LICENSE FOR LABOUR CONTRACT : The contractor shall have to obtain the labour license under contract labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act from the appropriate authorities before commencement of work.

18) Contractor shall have to issue the appointment letter to their labour engaged during the contract period each & every instance and should be narrated clear cut terms and conditions for the liabilities of the concerned employees.

19) After completion of the contract work, the work completion certificate is required to be produced before the DY. GENERAL MANAGER for the purpose of no due certificate andcancellation of the gate passes issued to the contractor worker at the time of execution of the contract work.



20) The contractor shall have to maintain all the relevant records under labour law as mentioned here in above and kept ready for verification by the GSECL’s authority as well as the authority of the Government Officials as and when asked for the checking.

21) The contractor shall have to produce / submit the original wage register / muster roll and relevant records under labour laws for the contract work as and when demanded by the Corporation for statutory compliance if arise in future.

TPS-SAFETY-001: REF: 00:15.12.2008: UKAI TPS

“GENERAL SAFETY RULES / NORMS” TO BE OBSERVED BY THE CONTRACTORS.

All the contractors working at Ukai Thermal PowerStation shall have to strictly observe the following Safety Rules. The Contractors shall be responsible for informing & observing these rules by their supervisors / employees / labours as well as the supervisors / employees/ labours oftheir sub-agencies / sub-Contractors engaged, if any. Prior to commencement of the work, Contractor shall have to submit a written assurance on their letterhead to the concerned Sectional Head / Engineer-in-charge that they have thoroughly gone through these Rules, have educated their employees / employees of their sub contractor and will strictly observe the said Rules while execution of work under work contract awarded to them. They will have to indemnify the Corporation for any loss or damage / accident / injury to the Corporation‘s property / employee or employee of their own in default of non - observing these rules. 01 Persons to be employed for carrying out the work shall possess required qualification, be fully

trained and conversant for works to be done. All persons should have gate pass. Register consisting the full details (i.e. address, phone no, details of nearest relative, etc.)of all persons is to be maintained. During the work execution, one trained & competent supervisor should always remain present at site.

02 The contractor shall take all the required safety measures prior to commencement of work on dangerous substances, machineries or area at which cautionary notice is displayed and obtain —Line Clear“ or —Work Permit“ through the concerned Department / Section.

03 Prior to carrying out welding, gas cutting, furnace heating or any other hot work job, the contractor shall remove all the inflammable material lying at or nearby worksite or cover it properly by suitable protective covering. Also, special care shall be taken before carrying out such job & see that all possible contributing factors to set fire shall be removed / vanished prior to commencement of the work. Advance intimation shall be given to concerned section / fire section to commence the work in fire prone areas. They should also keep ready all the First Aid Fire Extinguishers / equipment& fire extinguishing media / material like sand / water buckets or other appropriate equipment at such place.

04 While carrying out work in confined space or inside vessel, the contractor shall obtain necessary —Confined Space / Vessel Entry Permit“ from concerned department prior to commencement of the work. For lighting in such areas, only 24-volt (ISI certified& with proper guard) hand lamp shall be used. For taking care of the persons working inside the confined space / vessel, a supervisor / person capable to keep continuous watch on person(s) working inside, assist them in case of emergency or arrange to get immediate outside help, shall remain present at entry point and shall use full body safety belt without fail. While working inside sewage, trench or in-depth, a person to warn outsiders / entrants / passers etc. shall remain available near entry point or the entry point shall be cordoned by a barricaded tape with a cautionary notice. After completion of the works, all the lids / covers / grills / grits opened, shall be re-fixed / re-placed in the original position as it were prior to commencement of the work and leave the work place in safe condition in all respect, so as to prevent accident to fellow workers.

05 The contractor shall see that he / his persons do not block (by stacking material, spare parts, tools-tackles, equipmentetc.), any passages / walkways / gangways / aisles / staircases / ladders / lifts or any other approaches / roads leading to plants or its auxiliaries, on which there is a traffic movement or possible traffic movements in case of emergency. Such passages are meant for safe escape in the event of emergency. If it is utmost necessary to carry out work in such area with blocking of passage, prior permission of Competent Authority or the Engineer-In-Charge shall be obtained. To demarcate / declare the area as UNSAFE, cordon it using barricading tape &displaysuitable caution notice or keep a person to restrict / divert the traffic on this route through other safe passage.



06 Prior to use power / electrically operated hand tools / equipment / machines / gadgets like welding machine, hand grinder, hand drill etc., ensure for its safe operation & use it only if it is found safe to use. Do not use defective, unsafe or improperly maintainedequipment. The electrical power supply required to run such equipment shall not be taken directly at their own but shall be obtained through concerned Electrical Maintenance Departments or their authorized persons or under their observations / guidance only. The Electrical Section shall provide temporary electrical connection up to contractor‘s Mains Board on which it is compulsory to install mains switch, ELCB & fuses of adequate capacity. All such equipment shall invariably be earthed adequately to prevent electrical shock, sparking, short circuit etc. Power cord to be used shall be of adequate capacity, without any joint & shall consist of earth wire also. Hence, it is necessary to use adequate capacity 3-wire power cord for single & 5-wire power cord for three phase power connections. The plugs, receptacles, pins, holders etc. shall be of adequate capacity & safe to use. All electrical & mechanical equipment / tools-tackles viz. welding machine, cutting machine, Grinder, Drill, Chain Pulley Blocks, Hook chooks etc. required to be used during work execution shall be of standard make & bear ISI certification mark on it. The consumables like welding electrodes, grinding wheels / discs etc. which has specific prescribed life span shall not be used in any case if its expiry date is over.

07 It is compulsory to use standard make Personal ProtectiveEquipment (P.P.Es.) As per the job requirement. Do not work without use of required P.P.Es. Contractor is responsible to provide standard make (ISI approved) Personal Protective Equipment / Safety Gadgets suitable to give sufficient protection against hazards involved in their work / job to their staff, as per the job requirement and insist / enforce their staff to put on the same while at works. The ongoing work is liable to be stopped at any time if the contractors‘ staff is found working without P.P.Es. Following is the list of various P.P.Es. To be used for various works / worksites.

List of safetyequipment

01 Industrial Safety Helmet.

Forprotection of head against falling objects or during fall of person from height.

02 Safety Goggles (Grinding, Welding, etc.).

Forprotection of eyes against flying particles / dust, chemical splash, spark, arc, flashover etc.

03 Face shield (Half or full).

Forprotection of face against flying particles / dust, chemical splash, spark, arc, flashover etc.

04 Earplug / Ear muff

For ear / hearingsystemprotection while working in high noise level area.

05 Apron (Rubber / PVC /Asbestos / Leather / Cotton).

Forbodyprotection against chemicals, oils, sharp edged objects, heat, hot objects etc.

06 Gloves (Rubber/PVC, Asbestos,Leather, Electrical shock proof).

Forprotection of hands against chemicals, oils, sharp edged objects, heat, hot metals/objects, electricityetc.

07 Safety / Leather / Asbestos shoes, Gum Boots etc.

Forprotection of leg/feet against falling objects, sharp edged objects, heat, hot metals/objects, electricityetc...

08 Safety Belt(full body) / Rope / Lifeline/ Fall preventionsystemetc.

For fall prevention while working at heights or in depth, working in vessel or in confined space.

09 Dust Respirator / Scarf. Protection of respiratory system against dust.

10 Chemical Cartridge Respirator

Protection against chemical fume / vapor etc.

11 Canister Gas mask. Protection against toxic/poisonous fumes/gases.

12 Air supply respirators. Working in oxygen deficient zone. 08 Before using lifting machines / tackles (like C.P.Bs., Hook chooks, winch, forklift, mobile crane,

EOT crane etc.) & its attachments (like D-shackles, slings, U-clamps, Eye bolts or any fixtures), it shall be checked and used only if found safe to use. Also, ensure that these are tested, examined &



certified in form no 9 / 10 by Competent Person as per the Factory act-1948 and its validity is not expired. Further, it shall be fixed properly and firmly prior to lifting the weight.

09 Scaffoldings to be used for working at height shall be of adequate size & capacity. Obtain the work permit when working at height. While climbing on such scaffolding or working on any structure at height, use of full body safety belt & Helmet is compulsory. It is also necessary tofasten chinstraps of the helmet.

10 Contractor or their employee shall not interfere in day-today routine plant activities / works except the work assigned to them, shall not loiter in the areas other than their work jurisdiction, as well as shall not temper / operate / touch the machineries / equipment / auxiliaries with which they are not concerned. Also, the contractor shall strictly instruct their staff not to sit or take rest at / near / below running plants, auxiliaries, systems or any place which is risky, hazardous & prone to accident.

11 The cylinders containing poisonous/toxic or inflammable/explosive gas like Oxygen, Acetylene, LPG, Hydrogen, Ammonia, Chlorine, CO2etc.shall be handled safely taking due care. To handle / shift such cylinders a special trolley / cage meant for it must be used but in no case it should be rolled. Domestic LPG cylinder shall not be used / permitted.

12 On completion of the work, cotton waste, spilled oil / grease, pieces of welding rod & other waste material shall be removed from work site and the area shall be left safe, neat & clean.

13 In case of any injury / accident while working, it shall immediately be reported to Safety Department through concerned Sectional Head / Engineer. The prescribed Form No. 21 may be obtained from concerned section or Safety Officer. For any incident occurred but have no injury to any persons should also be informed toSafetyOfficers —Near Miss Incident.“

14 In all risky jobs, before starting the work, contractor should obtain General Safety Work Permit from concerned section well in advance.

15 In case of noticing smoke or fire during their work execution, they shall make immediate efforts to extinguish/control it and simultaneously inform the Fire Brigade on phone No. 4444 or 4344 or 5555 or 02624-290049, shall shift the casualty to nearby hospital after rendering first aid in case of accident.

16 Over & above these, contractor shall have to follow all the safety requirements / rules & regulations / norms and legal provisions laid down in various statutes, particularly the provisions of The Factories Act-1948 & The Gujarat State Factories Rules-1963 (Amended up to date) shall be followed strictly. The contractor shall also obey the rules / regulations / instructions of the local Competent Authority for safety requirements.

17 No women or young person shall be allowed to clean, lubricate or adjust any part of a prime mover or of any transmission machinery while the prime mover or transmission machinery is in motion. Examination or operation of motion machinery shall be made or carried out only by a specially trained adult male worker wearing tight fitting clothing as per section 22 of factories act 1948.

18 No women or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in Lead-compound area like battery room etc.as per schedule VI of GFR 1963.

19 All the relevant labour and industrial laws shall also be followed compulsorily. 20 It is felt necessary to deploy safety officers / Safety supervisors by contractors / Agencies

involved in carrying out hazardous activities / operations inside TPS to have better and constant supervision in terms of Health Safety and Environment activities.

21 In case, it comes to the notice of GSECL UTPS management that the safety guidelines / safety rules / safety norms are not being followed then a minimum sum of Rupees One Thousand shall be penalized on the contractor / Agency and for subsequent such violation, a severe penalty / action as deemed fit shall be imposed, which may please be noted.

22 The above rules shall be scrupulously followed and where required, they may contact the Safety Officer for any ambiguity / further guidance in this regard.

23 For performance evaluation of contractor, safety factors of work accident, fire incident & near miss accident will be considered. Steps canbe taken to review the job assignment up to cancellation for negligence.

Chief Engineer (Gen)

GSECL: TPS: Ukai.



Vendor List

GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LTD., UKAI List of Approved Vendors for supply of HDPE (PE- 100) pipes (IS-4984) and RCC NP3 pipes as per Vender List Sr.No.

Name of Agency Address/ Email Address Approved sizes & Class Material Grade

Size (mm) Class

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 M/s. Ori-Plast Ltd.,

Kolkata H.O. Marketing office: 40 PE-100 20 to 500 mm PN-8.0

Strand Road, 3rd floor, Kolkata-700001

email: [email protected] 2 M/s. Reliance

Industries Ltd., Mumbai

Fortune 2000, 4th floor, c-3, G Block,

PE-100 up to 400 mm PN-8.0

Bandra - Kurla Complex, Bandra (East),

Mumbai - 400051

Email: [email protected] [email protected]

3 M/S. Jain Irrigation Systems Ltd., Jalgaon

Jain Plastic Park, N.H. 6, PE-100 20 to 180 mm PN-8.0

P.O. Box.72, Jalgaon - 425001 (India)

email: [email protected]

4 M/s. Dutron Polymers Ltd.,

Dutron House, Nr. Mithakhali PE-100 20 to 630 mm PN-8.0

Ahmedabad Underbridge, Navarangpura,

Ahmedabad - 0 (India)

email: [email protected] 5 M/s.Chamunda

Plastic 80, Prakruti Duplex, Nr. Motnath PE-100 20 to 630 mm PN-8.0

Industries Mahadev,Harni Dena Road, Harni,

Baroda - 390022

[email protected]

[email protected]

Mobile: 9327250661, 9099690004 6 Nimbus Pipes Limited E-35, RIICO Industrial Area (Extn) PE-100 20 to 630 mm PN-8.0



Bagru,

District: Jaipur (Rajasthan)- 302007

Plant - 2, SP2-123 &123A, RIICO Ind.area

Manda, Via-Chomu, Jaipur

7 Gurukrupa Industries, Bodeli

Gurukrupa Industries, RCC- NP3

150 to 300 mm

0.7 Kg/ Sqcm.

Bodeli, Taluka: Sankheda

Dist. Vadodara

8 Aerochem Piping Pvt. Ltd.

Ahmedabad Plot No. 258, Road No, 1/B, Phase – I, Kathwada G.I.D.C. Ahmedabad. E-mail : - [email protected]

HDPE-100

20-630 mm 10 Kg/ Sqcm

9 Jet Fiber Pumps & Equipments Pvt. Ltd.

Jet Fiber Pumps & Equipments Pvt. Ltd.

HDPE-100

10kg/sqcm

100-500 mm10 Kg/ Sqcm.

10 NOBLE POLYMERS S. No 132/1/1/4, 96/2/2 & 95/1/2, B/h Prince Pipes, Athal, Silvassa – 396 230. (D & NH U.T.), INDIA. Tel: +91-260-3298580. E-mail: [email protected]

HDPE-100

10kg/sqcm

100-500 mm10 Kg/ Sqcm.



GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORP. LTD SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR USE OF CEMENT IN WORK:

1. The rates in Schedule-‘B’ are inclusive of cement cost. Contractor has to purchase fresh 43 grade cement confirming to as per IS 8112 -1991 or 53 grade cement confirming to as per IS 12269 -1987 or PPC (Fly ash Based) confirming to IS-1489 (Part-I) of approved brand by GSECL.

2. Contractor has to construct puccagodown at site of work so that cement bags be properly preserved to avoid damage due to any kind of water. GSECL will in no way responsible for any damage, loss or theft of the same.

3. Contractor has to bring sufficient quantities of cement bags and at no time less than 200 (two hundred) bags to maintain progress of work. The work should not suffer for want of cement.

4. Cement should give the required strength of cement concrete. 5. To bring sufficient & timely cement at site is full responsibility of contractor. Nothing extra will be

paid on account of any reason to maintain progress of works and to complete the works in schedule time.

6. Contractor has to submit material A/c consumption of cement used with every bill. In case of not submitting the same, bill will not be passed. Party has to submit the copy of cement / purchase bill along with each RA Bill/Final Bill.

7. Empty cement bags are not to be returned to the corporation and contractor will be allowed to take away with permission of in writing from Engineer-in-charge.

8. Contractor is fully responsible for safety of cement at site; nothing will be paid extra on account of safety.

9. If GSECL’s authorized representative wants to check cement stock at site. Contractor has to allow for the same at any time.

10. Contractor has to maintain day to day cement consumption balance account at site. 11. As far as possible, contractor has to maintain supply of cement of only one brand & grade

throughout the work and on account of closer/shortage of approved brand, cement of other brand in accordance of condition No. (1) will be allowed by Engineer In-Charge.

12. Contractor will be allowed to carry out work only after physical verification of cement brought at site. 13. Contractor shall have to use PPC (Fly Ash based) preferably as per the relevant I.S. codes. 14. The cement consumption will be considered as per the standardized norms of state P.W.D. / GSECL

and accordingly the required quantity of cement shall have to be brought by the contractor and has to use the cement accordingly. Contractor should not use less than the prescribed quantities of cement even in the case of mix design recommends lower quantity. Nothing will be paid extra for over consumption.

Approved names of manufacturers for cement and stee l Following companies / brands are approved for providing and supplying the cement and steel to be used in concerned tender works where the contractor has to bring the same at his own cost. Sr. No.

Name of company Brand Name Sr. No

Name of company Brand Name

1. A.C.C. Cement A.C.C. 2. Sanghi Cement Sanghi 3. Ambuja Cement Ambuja 4. Saurashtra Cement 5. Binani Cement Binani. 6. Digvijay Cement. (DCC) Haathi 7. Birla Cement Birla A-1 8. India Cement Corromandal King 9. Gujarat Sidhee Cement Sidhee 10. Ultratech Cement ( L & T) Ultra-Tech 11. J.K.Cement J.K. 12. Jaypee Cement Jaypee 13. JK Laxmi Cement J.K.Laxmi 14. Wonder cement limited Wonder brand 15. Digvijay Cement Co. Ltd Kamal

(B) Names of Manufacturer / Supplier of structural Steel / Coils / Bars etc.for the structural /



Pipes / reinforcement etc. 1. Steel Authority of India 2. Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. 3. Jindal 4. Lloyds 5. Essar Steel Ltd. 6. Ispat 7. Shah Alloys Ltd., Ahmedabad 8. Mahavir Rolling Mills Ltd., A’bad. 9. Bhawalka Steel Industries, Mumbai 10. Sur Vijay Rolling and Engineering Ltd., Nagpur 11. ShriBajrang Alloys Ltd., Raipur 12. Unique Structures and Towers Ltd., Raipur 13. Sanghi TMT Steel – 8 mm to 16 mm dia. Bars. 14. Hans Ispat Ltd. Ta. Anjar – Kutch 15. VarsanaIspat Ltd. TA. Anjar - Kutch 16. Electrotherm India Ltd (TMT BAR 8 MM TO 32 MM)(EXCLUDING 18 MM) 17. Kamdhenu TMT (M/S KAMDHENU ISPAT LTD ) (8 MM TO 32 MM ) 18. “GK TMT” steel of M/s Real Ispat& Power Ltd8MM to 32 MM diameter GRADE-Fe-415, Fe-500

(C) Instruction for Materials : 1. The contractor shall submit entry details of cement & steel along with challan duly endorsed by

Security Department to E.I.C. for record and verification with each R.A.Bill.

Chief Engineer (Gen) GSECL TPS UKAI



GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED

Ukai Thermal Power Station, Ukai Dam, Taluka Fort Songadh, DistTapi– 394680. Ph. 91-2624-233215, 233257 Fax: 91-2624-233300, 233315e-mail: [email protected] Website: www.gsecl.in

CIN: U40100GJ1993SGC019988

PRICE BIDPRICE BIDPRICE BIDPRICE BID

WT NO. WT NO. WT NO. WT NO. 2863286328632863

RFQ NO. RFQ NO. RFQ NO. RFQ NO. ----____________________________

TENDERFOR THE WORKTENDERFOR THE WORKTENDERFOR THE WORKTENDERFOR THE WORK

Name of Work : Providing, lowering, laying and commissioning the H DPE

distribution lines, rising main, underground sump, water treatment plant,

pumping machinery, House connections and miscellane ous work at Ukai for

Water supply project.

Please submit price bid duly signed & stamp (withou t stating above/below rates) along with Technical Bid.



INDEX INDEX INDEX INDEX

Sr.

No.

Description Page

No.

Schedule – B 3

SCHEDULE- B1 (Under Ground Sump) 5 SCHEDULE- B2 (Rising Main Lines) 7 SCHEDULE- B3 (Distribution Lines) 8 SCHEDULE- B4 (Pumping Machinery) 13 SCHEDULE- B5 (Conventional Water Treatment Plant) 15

SCHEDULE- B6 (Miscellaneous Repairing works) 18 SCHEDULE- B7 (Operation and Maintenance for 12 Months period) 18 Drawings -. Tender & contract for works Booklet-Can be seen in the office during working hrs. General specification Booklet - Can be seen in the office during working hrs



Schedule B NAME OF WORK:- Providing, lowering, laying and commissioning the H DPE

distribution lines, rising main, underground sump, water treatment plant,

pumping machinery, House connections and miscellane ous work at Ukai for

Water supply project.

SCHEDULE Description Amount

SCHEDULE - 1 RCC Under Ground Sump (3.00 LL) (Own Design) 924000.00

SCHEDULE –2 Rising Main Lines with fittings, Excavation and refilling work 1161682.11

SCHEDULE –3 Distribution Pipelines with house connections, Fittings, Excavation and refilling work 9549010.92

SCHEDULE –4 Pumping Machinery at various locations 1714792.00

SCHEDULE –5 Conventional Water Treatment Plant of 2.0 MLD Capacity (Own Design)

3129000.00

SCHEDULE –6 Miscellaneous expenses on the repairs of alum tank, pipes, chlorination tank, water proofing andinterlinking of filter plant with existing and proposed filter plant and sump etc

1000000.00

(A) Total Amount Rs. 17478485.03 In word:- Rupees One Crore Seventy Three Lacs Seventy Two Thousand Two Hundred Eighty One rupees and Forty Eight paisa SCHEDULE - 7 O & M for 12 Months 347446.00

(B) Total Amount Rs. 347446.00 GRAND TOTAL (A+B) 17825931.03

O & M for 12 Months and any and all other works indicated and considered necessary for the execution of this work whether or not specifically mentioned or called for. The process requires that bidders shall quote his firm and fix Percentage (%) above/below for total entire work of all the schedules. Such percentage (%) shall remain firm and fix during the entire Period of performance of the contract. General Clause for Price Escalation based on RBI INDEX shall be allowed.

NOTE:- The responsibility and liability of labours engaged for this work will be totally of contractor, who has been awarded this contract and he will take away all these labours to his own establishment on completion of the contract. The GSECL will not held any responsibility and liable in any way in this matter. All royalties, sales tax, toll tax, local tax, development charges, VAT tax, welfare cess and any other taxes including works contract tax etc., in respect of this contract and also any statutory variation in future towards above mentioned taxes & any other taxes if levied in future by statutory authority applicable to the this contract shall be payable by the contractor and GSECL will not entertain any claim whatsoever in this respect. The rates will be “Excluding the service tax”. The reimbursement against “Service Tax” will be paid to the contractor as per Govt. rules & regulations. Service tax will be paid if the same is claimed in Bill/Invoice. The rates of all above items are for any heights to carry out the various works at different elevation or location irrespectively of quantum of work. The agency has to carry out the above all items in the running plat and due care has to be taken from safety point of view. The GSECL will not be held responsible for any accident that may occur during carrying out the works.



The payment will be made on the base of quantity of actual work done. As per required of ISO 9001 & 14001 and GSECL rules and regulations, maintenance work must be carried out. Supply & works invoice should be raised separately. TIN invoice to be raised in case of supply materials if not full VAT at the prevailing rate will be deducted and deposited to the authorities. I/We am/are hereby agree to carry out the work at (1) --………………….-% below the estimated cost of Rs. (-) ______ (2) At estimated cost Rs. ------------------- (3) --------------%above the estimated cost Rs. (+) ----------------Net Rs. --------------------- (Rs_______________________________________)

Chief Engineer (Gen) GSECL: TPS: Ukai.



SCHEDULE- B1 (Under Ground Sump)

Item No.

Description Qty Unit Rate Amount (Rs)

1 Preparing structural design of RCC Under Ground / Partially underground / above high ground level Reservoir of required capacity as per relevant I.S.s and constructing the same, including excavation in all types of soil strata (including rock) including shoring strutting if required, for loose soil / to protect from collapse due to nearby traffic load, casting 100 mm thick P.C.C. leveling course in M-10, Refilling the pit with proper soil and disposing of the surplus stuff within a lead of 50 meters. Including cement plaster in CM 1:2 with approved water proofing compound to inside water touching surface to container. Including all types of labor and material charges of lowering, laying, erecting / hosting and jointing of pipe assembly to inlet, outlet overflow, washout and bye pass arrangement as per hydraulic design. Providing and fixing accessories like MS / GI Ladder, CI Manhole frame and cover, water level indicator, adequate cowl type ventilators or lantern type ventilator with stainless steel jail. B.B. Masonry chambers for valves. Providing and applying three coats of cement paint / snowcem to the outside face of structure. It also includes satisfactory water tightness test as per relevant I.S. code and painting name of scheme and capacity on the tank as per direction of engineer in charge. List of Indian Standards for Design of GSR / SUMP:-The structural design of GSR shall be in accordance with provisions relevant I.Ss. (1) I.S. 3370, Part – 1 to 4, 2009 or latest revised. 1.1) I.S. 3370 part III & IV 1965 or latest revised (2) I.S. 456 – 2000 or latest revised. (3) I.S. 1893 – 2000 – 1984 or latest revised. (4) I.S. 875, Part – 1 to 3, 1987 or latest revised. General Specifications:- (1) Water depth in container shall be adopted as per data of tender. If water depth is not specified the suitable water depth / acceptable to field engineer in accordance with hydraulic requirement shall be adopted for capacity. (2) Shape of container (in plan) specified by in data shall be adopted in absence circular shape shall be adopted. (3) Size shall be fixed as per availability of space (land area) at site / acceptable engineer in charge. (4) Effect of overlapping of pressure bulbs on soil due near by structure and proposed sump should be considered. (5) Care shall be taken that no damage should occur to nearby existing structure. Compensation shall be paid for the same by agency. (6) The minimum concrete grade for RCC shall be M-30. (7) HYSD Fe 415 / 500 grade reinforcing bars confirming to I.S. 1786 / 1139 shall be considered in design. CRS / TMT bars shall be provided. In saline atmosphere corrosion resistance stainless steel / HCR rebar shall be provided. Any other steel can be used with approval of C.E./ in situation of non availability in market

1.0 No.

924000.00 924000.00



without extra cost. (8) Minimum size (or thickness) of various components shall be provided as per tender criteria / specifications in absence as per I.S./ Std. practice of G.W.S.S.B. Minimum dimensions specified for various components in tender data / specifications shall be provided without fail. (9) The safe bearing capacity (SBC) shall be referred from SBC test report. In absence of report it shall be referred from data sheet. If poor soil is found / water table is met with during excavation SBC shall be scientifically ascertained and design shall be revise. No extra shall be paid for increase in quantity. (10) CI pipes and special shall only be used if type is not specified in tender. (11) The rate shall include cost of dewatering during excavation making all arrangement when water table meets within depth. (12) The structure shall be designed properly to resist uplift due to ground water table specified in data or actual ground water table meets with during excavation. No extra shall be paid. If GWT / Uplift is mentioned in tender and during excavation it dose not meet 7.5% rate shall be reduced. (13) GI pipes railing shall be provided when sump is more than 2 meter above ground level. (14) Appearance of structure should be aesthetically good looking acceptable to authority. (15) Any charge in size, shape, depth below GL, height above GL, water depth, F.B., size of member etc can be permitted in exceptional case due to site condition or hydraulic design requirement by C.E. No extra shall be paid for change. (16) Any charge in data, dimensions, shape, and water depth, reduction in size if permitted by competent authority and if it reduces quantity then payment shall be reduced prorate. (17) When capacity of GSR / Sump is > 20 lakh liters two or suitable compartments acceptable to executive engineer shall be designed and provided. (18) Agency shall engage qualified (at least graduate) consulting engineer for designing the structure and he / she shall visit the site for guidance of work. (19) 75% part rate shall be payable for concrete, reinforcement and plastering items of container until satisfactory hydraulic testing for water tightness is performed as per tender condition. Till the work shall be treated as incomplete. Above conditions / general specifications Sr. No. 1 to 19 are part and parcel of tender (contact) and prevail over other provisions in tender. Capacity of GSR/Sump 3 lakh liter capacity

Total Cost 924000.00

SCHEDULE- B2 (Rising Main Lines) Item No. Item Total Qty Rate Unit Amount 1 Excavation for pipe line trenches incl. all safety provisions using

site rails and stacking excavated stuff up to a lead of 90 mts. cleaning the site etc. complete for lifts and strata as specified. 0 to 1.5 m. depth In all sorts of soil and soft murrum

72.00 92.40 CMT 6652.80



2 In hard rock and / or in C. C. 1:2:4 or RCC with blasting and chiselling or by chiselling only.

72.00 383.25 CMT 27594.00

3 Providing and supplying in standard length ISI mark high density Polyethylene 355 mm dia H.D.P.E. Pipes, PE 100, 10 kg/sq. cm suitable for potable water as per IS specification no. 4984/1995 including all local and central taxes, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to the dept. stores etc. comp. Rate for HDPE (PE-100) Pipe based on the rate of HDPE Resin as Rs. 110292.58 (inclu. of excise duty @ 12.36% but exclude. of freight & Sales Tax) Dtd.1-03-2013 355 MM Dia PE 100, 10 Kg/Sqcm.

230.00 3430.00 Rmt 788900.00

4 Providing and fixing HDPE specials Tees, elbow, cross, coupler, tail piece including cutting etc complete

170.00 350.00 Kg 59500.00

5 Lowering, laying and jointing HDPE pipes and specials of following class and diameter (By butt fusion welding method) including cost of conveyance from stores to site of works including cost of labour, material, giving satisfactory hydraulic testing etc. comp.

230.00 331.80 Rmt 76314.00

6 Providing Sand or murrum bedding Incl, ramming, watering etc, complete (G) Sand 15 to 50 km.

59.00 530.25 CMT 31284.75

7 Providing and supplying ISI mark CI D/F Sluice Valves, Butterfly Valves & Reflux Valves of following class and diameter including all taxes, insurance, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to departmental stores, stacking etc. complete. (350 mm dia PN-1 IS 5312 with ISI mark)

2.00 64048.0 Nos 128096.00

8 Providing and supplying C. I. Air valves of approved make & quality of following class and diameter including all taxes, insurance, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to departmental stores, stacking etc. complete. (200 MM dia. double acting (DS2)

1.00 22982.0 Nos 22982.00

9 Lowering, laying and jointing in position following C. I. / D/F Reflux valves, Butterfly valves, Sluice valves and Air valves including cost of all labour, jointing material, including nut bolts, necessary flanges and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing, etc. complete (Rate for all class of valves) (350 MM dia.) Non return valve/Reflux valve

2.00 1950.90 Nos 3901.80

10 Lowering, laying and jointing in position following C. I. Air valves including cost of all labour, jointing material, including nut bolts, necessary flanges and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing, etc. complete (Rate for all class of valves) For Air Valve (200 MM dia.)

1.00 959.70 Nos 959.70

11 Refilling the pipeline trenches incl. ramming, watering, consolidating disposal of surplus stuff as directed within a radius of 3 km

65.00 23.10 Cmt 1501.50

12 Providing and casting in situ mass cement concrete in 1:4:8 proportion using granite quartzite trap metal of size 25mm to 40mm incl. consolidation curing etc. complete.

0.54 3365.25 Cmt 1817.24

13 Providing and casting in situ C.C. in grade M-150 (approx. corresp. To prop. 1:2:4) using granite, quartzite trap metal of size 6mm to 20mm for RCC work, incl. scaffolding centering, form work, needle vibrated consolidation, curing comp. up to 6 metre depth or height (excl. cost of reinforcement and neat finishing)

0.36 4662.00 Cmt 1678.32



with centering & shuttering etc. complete. for structure other than water retaining.

14 Providing, Fixing and Testing of Remote type Electromagnetic flow meter suitable to maximum water flow range with providing separate electronic earthing. Remote converter shall have back light LCD display showing simultaneous reading of flow rate and totalized flow to be mounted in metal enclosure with front visible glass. Providing of Pressure gauge with isolating valve of suitable range at pump discharge and common header on canal intake arrangement site.

1.00 10500.0 Nos 10500.00

Total1161682.11 Say Rs. In Lacs11.62

SCHEDULE- B3 (Distribution System and House Connection)

Item No.

Item Total Qty Rate Unit Amount

1 Providing and supplying in standard length ISI mark high density Polyethylene H.D.P.E. Pipes suitable for potable water as per IS specification no. 4984/1995 including all local and central taxes, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to the dept. stores etc. comp. Rate for HDPE (PE-100) Pipe based on the rate of HDPE Resin as Rs. 110292.58 (inclu. of excise duty@ 12.36% but exclu. of freight & Sales Tax) Dtd. 1-13-2013 90 MM (10 kg/cm^2)

10069.0 225.00 Rmt 2265525.00

2 ‘Providing and supplying in standard length ISI mark high density Polyethylene H.D.P.E. Pipes suitable for potable water as per IS specification no. 4984/1995 including all local and central taxes, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to the dept. stores etc. comp. Rate for HDPE (PE-100) Pipe based on the rate of HDPE Resin as Rs. 110292.58 (inclu. of excise duty@ 12.36% but exclu. of freight & Sales Tax) Dtd. 1-13-2013 110 MM (10 kg/cm^2)

161.00 332.00 Rmt 53452.00


81.00 428.00 Rmt 34668.00


123.00 536.00 Rmt 65928.00

5 Providing and supplying in standard length ISI mark high density Polyethylene H.D.P.E. Pipes suitable for potable water as per IS specification no. 4984/1995 including all local and central taxes, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to the dept. stores etc. comp. Rate for HDPE

933.00 699.00 Rmt 652167.00



(PE-100) Pipe based on the rate of HDPE Resin as Rs. 110292.58 (inclu. of excise duty@ 12.36% but exclu. of freight & Sales Tax) Dtd. 1-13-2013 160 MM (10 kg/cm^2)

6 Providing and supplying ISI mark CI D/F Sluice valves , butterfly valves & Reflux valves of following class and diameter including all taxes, insurance, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to departmental stores, stacking etc. comp Sluice valves as per IS - 780 & 2906 / 1984 90 mm dia (80 mm SV)

6.00 2479.00 No. 14874.00

7 Providing and supplying ISI mark CI D/F Sluice valves , butterfly valves & Reflux valves of following class and diameter including all taxes, insurance, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to departmental stores, stacking etc. comp Sluice valves as per IS - 780 & 2906 / 1984 160 mm dia (150 mm SV)

2.00 5460.00 No. 10920.00

8 Providing and supplying C. I. Air valves of approved make & quality of following class and diameter including all taxes, insurance, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to departmental stores, stacking etc. Comp. Air valves single ball Flanged / screwed type (Air valve double ball flanged) 50 MM

7.00 1352.00 No. 9464.00

9 Providing and fixing HDPE specials Tees, elbow, cross, coupler, tail piece including cutting etc complete

350.00 350.00 Kg 122500.00

10 Excavation for pipe line trenches incl. all safety provisions using site rails and stacking excavated stuff up to a lead of 90 mts. cleaning the site etc. complete for lifts and strata as specified. 0 to 1.5 m. depth In all sorts of soil and soft murrum

3029.62 92.40 CMT 279936.89

11 Excavation for pipe line trenches incl. all safety provisions using site rails and stacking excavated stuff up to a lead of 90 mts. cleaning the site etc. complete for lifts and strata as specified. 0 to 1.5 m. depth In hard murrum, boulders, incl. Macadam road

818.40 138.60 CMT 113430.24

12 Excavation for pipe line trenches incl. all safety provisions using site rails and stacking excavated stuff up to a lead of 90 mts. cleaning the site etc. complete for lifts and strata as specified. 0 to 1.5 m. depth Soft rock

818.40 168.00 CMT 137491.20

13 Excavation for pipe line trenches incl. all safety provisions using site rails and stacking excavated stuff up to a lead of 90 mts. cleaning the site etc. complete for lifts and strata as specified. 0 to 1.5 m. depth In Hard rock.

4092.00 383.25 CMT 1568259.00

14 Lowering, laying and jointing HDPE pipes and specials of following class and diameter including cost of conveyance from stores to site of works including cost of labour, Lowering, laying and jointing HDPE pipes and specials of following class and diameter (By butt fusion welding method) including cost of conveyance from stores to site. 90 MM (10 kg/cm^2)

10069.0 6.30 Rmt 63434.70


161.00 46.20 Rmt 7438.20

16 Lowering, laying and jointing HDPE pipes and specials of following class and diameter including cost of conveyance from stores to site

204.00 75.60 Rmt 15422.40



of works including cost of labour, Lowering, laying and jointing HDPE pipes and specials of following class and diameter (By butt fusion welding method) including cost of conveyance from stores to site. 125 MM (10 kg/cm^2)


933.00 92.40 Rmt 86209.20

18 Providing Sand or murrum bedding Incl, ramming, watering etc, complete (G) Sand 15 to 50 km

2615.00 530.25 CMT 1386603.75

19 Lowering, laying and jointing in position following C. I. / D/F Reflux valves, Butterfly valves, Sluice valves and Air valves including cost of all labour, jointing material, including nut bolts and necessary flanges and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing, etc. complete (Rate for all class of valves) Sluicevalve/BFvalve 90 mm dia(80 mm SV)

6.00 448.35 No. 2690.10

20 Lowering, laying and jointing in position following C. I. / D/F Reflux valves, Butterfly valves, Sluice valves and Air valves including cost of all labour, jointing material, including nut bolts and necessary flanges and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing, etc. complete (Rate for all class of valves) 160 mm dia(150 mm SV)

2.00 655.20 No. 1310.40

21 Lowering, laying and jointing in position following C. I. / D/F Reflux valves, Butterfly valves, Sluice valves and Air valves including cost of all labour, jointing material, including nut bolts, necessary flanges and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing, etc. complete (Rate for all class of valves) Air valves double ball flanged 50 mm dia air valve

7.00 424.20 No. 2969.40

22 Construction of valves chambers in brick or bela stone masonry, locally available in C. M. 1:6.Foundation concrete 150 mm thick in C. C. 1:4:8of trap metal size 25 mm to 40 mm thick, inside cement plaster in C. M. 1:3 and cement pointing outside in C. M. 1:3 and top cover of precast RCC slab 100 mm thick (with key hole in two parts, each with handles or MS Bar etc. complete as give size) Up to 1 Mt. depth from G. L. to pipe invert level incl. complete civil works but excl. cost of excavation and refilling. With cast in situ RCC slab in two parts 1.30 x 1.30 x 1.0 m size

15.00 9005.85 No. 135087.75

23 Refilling the pipeline trenches incl. ramming, watering, consolidating disposal of surplus stuff as directed within a radius of 3 km

5992.00 23.10 CMT 138415.20

24 Providing and casting in situ mass cement concrete in 1:4:8 proportion using granite quartzite trap metal of size 25mm to 40mm incl. consolidation curing etc. complete.

21.96 3365.25 CMT 73900.89

25 Providing and casting in situ C.C. in grade M-150 (approx. corresp. To prop. 1:2:4) using granite, quartzite trap metal of size 6mm to 20mm for RCC work, incl. scaffolding centering, form work, needle vibrated consolidation, curing comp. up to 6 metre depth or height (excl. cost of reinforcement and neat finishing) with centering & shuttering etc. complete. For structure other than water retaining.

32.00 4662.00 CMT 149184.00

26 Providing and fixing pre-cast Rubber Dye inter locking concrete block 60mm thick with grade of concrete M250 pneumatic

984.00 661.55 Sq.Mt 650965.20



compressed by mechanically pressed and as per approved design including 75mm Sand layer for levelling and filling the joint with sand in proper line and level. 1) For Resurfacing paverblock - new if brakeage (20%) with paverblock

27 2) For Resurfacing paverblock- old fixing again (80%) only labour 3840.00 111.10 Sq.Mt 426624.00 28 Making hole in HDPE Distributary pipe for making House Service

Connection including Providing & fixing of HDPE Strap Saddle excluding cost of excavation & refiling of pipe tranches Branch Saddle E+PE100 SDR11 d 160-63

24.00 793.57 Nos 19045.68

29 Making hole in HDPE Distributary pipe for making House Service Connection including Providing & fixing of HDPE Strap Saddle excluding cost of excavation & refiling of pipe tranches Branch Saddle E+PE100 SDR11 d 140-63

10.00 789.19 Nos 7891.90


10.00 532.54 Nos 5325.40


10.00 519.70 Nos 5197.00


576.00 445.92 Nos 256849.92

33 Providing & fixing Compression Elbow where required (as per site situation ) 11/2" dia

1260.00 50.50 Nos 63630.00

34 Providing & fixing Metal inserted Compression Female Thread Adaptor(FTA) 11/2" dia

630.00 50.50 Nos 31815.00

35 Providing laying and jointing in true line level 50 mm dia U.P.V.C Pipe (SCH - 40) including fitting of PRINCE / SUPREME ASTRAL / FINOLEX or equivalent make or as approved by Engineer In Charge. Pipe shall be fixed on the wall with the help of clamp at every two meter C/C or shall be cancelled as directed including testing of Pipe and joints and fixing the same with adhesive solvent including cost of all materials. (11/2" dia)

3150.00 219.17 Rmt 690385.50

9549010.92 Total Qty95.49

SCHEDULE- B4 (Pumping Machinery)

Sr.No. DESCRIPTION QTY. UNIT RATE AMOUNT

1 At Canal Intake Site (50 HP) Supplying and erecting AAP Type capacitor Providing approved make horizontal split casing centrifugal pump set of required capacity and head with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 hz ± 3% ,415 v ±10% along with base frame, coupling with guard ,foundation bolts etc. complete set as per IS and following M.O.C Impeller v wearing ring bronze shaft with sleeve s.s, casing C>I.,base frame MS (supply 2 nos) Erecting of horizontal split casing centrifugal pump set of

2 Set 476648.00 953296.00



required capacity and head with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 hz ± 3% ,415 v ±10% along with base frame, coupling with guard ,foundation bolts etc. complete set as per IS and following M.O.C (31 to 75 kw) Flat PVC cable for submersible pump detailed specification as per GWSSB rate contract. 1 x 3 x 35 Sq.mm. Supplying, erecting, commissioning, fully automatic soft starter panel including flux compensated magnetic amplifier with bypass contractor, timer and its control circuit excluding DOL starter to operate on 415 V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz. Suitable for 6 starts per hour. 75 KW suitable for 415 V, 50 Hz, 3 Phase AC power supply with earthing terminals and test certificate. 2 Nos Providing and supplying ISI mark CI D/F Sluice Valves, Butterfly Valves & Reflux Valves of following class and diameter including all taxes, insurance, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to departmental stores, stacking etc. complete. 350 mm Dia. Control panel Board for Pump Minimum Voltage Distribution Board Control panel board for sub. Pump detailed specification as per GWSSB R/C. S.D from 16 to 20 H.P. No. Supply of flat P.V.C. cable for sub. Pump. Detailed specification as per GWSSB rate contract 3C×35mm² AYFY Cable

2 At Sump Site (35 HP) Supplying and erecting AAP Type capacitor Providing approved make horizontal split casing centrifugal pump set of required capacity and head with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 hz ± 3% ,415 v ±10% along with base frame, coupling with guard ,foundation bolts etc. complete set as per IS and following M.O.C Impeller v wearing ring bronze shaft with sleeve s.s, casing C>I.,base frame MS (supply 2 nos) Erecting of horizontal split casing centrifugal pump set of required capacity and head with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 hz ± 3% ,415 v ±10% along with base frame, coupling with guard ,foundation bolts etc. complete set as per IS and following M.O.C (31 to 75 kw) Flat PVC cable for submersible pump detailed specification as per GWSSB rate contract. 1 x 3 x 35 Sq.mm.

2 Set 380748.00 761496.00



Supplying, erecting, commissioning, fully automatic soft starter panel including flux compensated magnetic amplifier with bypass contractor, timer and its control circuit excluding DOL starter to operate on 415 V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz. Suitable for 6 starts per hour. 75 KW Suitable for 415 V, 50 Hz, 3 Phase AC power supply with earthing terminals and test certificate. 2 Nos Providing and supplying ISI mark CI D/F Sluice Valves, Butterfly Valves & Reflux Valves of following class and diameter including all taxes, insurance, transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to departmental stores, stacking etc. complete. 350 mm Dia. Control panel Board for Pump Minimum Voltage Distribution Board Control panel board for sub. Pump detailed specification as per GWSSB R/C. S.D from 16 to 20 H.P. No. Supply of flat P.V.C. cable for sub. Pump. Detailed specification as per GWSSB rate contract 3C×35mm² AYFY Cable

Total Rs. In Lakh1714792.00



SCHEDULE- B5 (2.0 MLD Conventional Water Treatment Plant Design)

Item No.Description Qty Unit Rate Amount (Rs)

1 Designing (hydraulic, process, structural and aesthetic),constructing and commissioning Conventional Water Treatment Plant consisting of all Civil, Mechanical and Electrical components of various sub-works as given below including necessary hydraulic testing, structural testing, equipment testing, trial run for 3 months, etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge (turn-key job). Aeration Fountain/Cascade Aerator Ventury Flume/Partial flume With necessary flow measuring devices/meter consisting of mechanical/digital indicator. Flash Mixer Rapid mixing device design confirming to IS: 7090 of 1985.Detenion time 60second, velocity gradient 300-400 sec-1 with fans gear and motor assembly as per design. Flocculator Design confirming to IS: 7208 – 1974 (Type-C). Detention period 30 minutes with Flocculator paddles with gear and motor assembly as per design. Clarifier Circular tank with horizontal flow pattern, detention period 2.5 hours, overflow rate 30 cubic meter per square meter per day (to be specified), Weir loading not more than 300 cubic meter per meter per day, with mechanical sludge scraper confirming to IS : 10313 – 1982 and bridge as per design with gear and motor assemblies. Rapid Sand Filters and Filter House Filter designed for filtration rate of 6,000 liters per square meter per hour, minimum 2 beds for plant up to 10 MLD, for larger plants as specified, pipe gallery and platform minimum 5.5 meter in width. a) Filter Sand Effective size 0.45 to 0.70 mm, uniformity coefficient not more than 1.7 nor less than 1.3, depth of sand 0.75 M, free board 50 cm, gravel 0.45 M in depth, sand and gravel confirming to IS : 8491 (i) – 77, backwash by air wash(if specified) and hard wash by water, standard appurtenances (to be specified), rate of flow controller, filter gauge, sand expansion gauge, etc.

1 Nos. 3129000.00 3129000.00



b) Wash Water Tank Capacity to be specified and suitable to supply water to wash 2 filter units at a time where the units are 4 or more. c) Wash Water Pumps Capacity to fill water tank in 1 hour with 100% standby. d) Air Blowers Capable of delivering 600 LMP per square meter of free air, of filter area with pressure@ 0.4 kg/square cm at the under drains (100% standby). e) Valves/gates Inlet, outlet, wash water inlet –outlet and all types and sizes of valves /gates as per design of specified make/brand. f) Gauges/meters All types gauges and meters required for filter operations and backwashing etc. as per design of specified make/brand. Chemical House in Two Stories (floor wise area as specified) Ground floor to accommodate 7 days alum requirements a) Sundry storage b) First floor to accommodate alum and lime tanks, etc. c) Solution Tanks Minimum 3 tanks (one for preparation, second for dosing and third as standby), each tank capable of giving 8 hours maximum dose without interruption, minimum free board 0.30 M, trays for dissolving, level indicator, mechanical agitation devices, solution feed and drain lines, solution feed device (constant head device, strength of solution up to 10% only) confirming to IS : 9222 Part – 1/1979. Store House (area as specified) Suitable for alum storage of three months requirement in monsoon with 10% extra capacity for other sundry articles. Vacuum feed type Chlorinators – make to be specified and approved by GWSSB. a) Confirming to IS: 10533 – A Part – 2/1983. b) Rate of withdrawal Temperature Degree C (Kg of Chorine Discharge per day Cylinders) 10 45 67 15 6.35 9.50 20 10.75 16.10 27 14.50 21.24 Above 18.70 28.12 Chlorinator equipment and container room to confirm to c) IS : 10533 Part – 1/1983. d) 100% standby shall be provided. By pass arrangements – C.I. or M.S. pipes (as specified) of size as per design Drainage arrangements – RCC pipes up to plot boundary (as specified) diameter as per design. Electric installation.



Both internal and external including entire plant area (as specified). Laboratory equipments As per requirement (to be specified during tendering). Sanitary blocks. Carpet area – 15 square meter minimum up to 25 MLD and 25 square meters above 25 MLD (or as specified). Administrative block and internal roads. To accommodate office room, chlorine room, laboratory room, panel board room, blower room etc. and asphalt road to connect all units from main gate of plot. Dewatering during entire work using any technique. Notes: (1) Conditions from Sr. No. 2 to 2.16 shall from a part and parcel of the tender and must be incorporated in draft tender papers of conventional treatment plants. (2)The necessary changes should be carried out as per Site condition and project requirements at the time of preparing DTP’s Inlet chamber can be dropped when Aerator is proposed otherwise it should be included. (3) Hydraulic design criteria approved by Technical committee shall be referred and item description shall be modified accordingly (4) Structural design criteria approved by technical committee shall be applicable for design. (5) Design flow shall be specified in M^3/hour in data sheet considering 22 hours WTP run time in a day to treat requirement water quantity of a day( i.e. 24 hours) of population to be served with design rate of water supply. No separate overloading provision shall be kept in any tender clause (6) All other details shall be as per design criteria and detail specifications. (7) The following rates are for sites falling in seismic zone III for sites falling in zone IV and V rates shall be increased 5% and 8 % respectively (8) The rates includes excavation ,refilling and throwing away extra stuff to lead up to 50m (9) The following rates are for preliminary or rapid estimate of WTP Capacity of Treatment unit Cost of 2MLD treatment plant

Total cost Rs. In Lakh 3129000.00



SCHEDULE- B6 (Miscellaneous expenses on the repairs of alum tank, pipes, chlorination tank, water proofing and interlinking of filter plant with existing and proposed filter plant and sump etc)

Sr. No.

Description Quantity Unit Rate Total Amount (Rs.)

In Fig.

1 Miscellaneous expenses on the repairs of alum tank, pipes, chlorination tank, water proofing and interlinking of filter plant with existing and proposed filter plant and sump etc

1 Job 1000000 1000000

Total Amount = 1000000

SCHEDULE- B7 (Operation and Maintenance for 12 Months)

Sr. No.

Description Quantity Unit Rate Total Amount (Rs.)

In Fig.

1 Operation and maintenance and repairing of Water supply distribution pipelines, rising main lines, Pumping machinery Based on UkaiCanal as per detailed specification & obligatory requirement for 12 months (Twelve). Including satisfactory maintaining the record for same excluding the power cost.

12.00 Months 28953.80 347446.00 Total Amount = 347446.00

Signature of Contractor

The Chief Engineer Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd., Ukai



Bid Documents for providing, lowering, laying and jointing the Water Supply distribution system for GSECL Colony, Ukai. Dist: - TAPI. BREAK UP OF SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT FOR PIPE LINE (HDPE) not more then 1000 mt at a time

Sr. No. Stage of work Amount admissible payment

1 2 3 1 On receipt of materials on site 65 % 2 On Lowering, laying and Jointing, Hydraulic Testing and

Commissioning of all Work 35 %

Total 100 % FOR Specials, VALVES (Sluice & Air Valves) & CHAMBER


1 2 3

1 On receipt of materials on site 70 %

2 On erection, Hydraulic Testing and Commissioning of all works 30 %

Total 100 %

FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SECTION


1 2 3 1 On supply of inspected and accepted major materials at site such

as Pump, Motor, transformer, Panel, Valves, Cables etc. 75 %

2 On erection- installation of machineries and electrical equipment at site of works, On Trial testing, Commissioning of the machinery and for Defect liability after successful completion of Component

25 %

Total 100 % I/We agree to abide by the above conditions fully

Signature of Contractor

The Chief Engineer Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd., Ukai



GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORP. LTD

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR USE OF CEMENT IN WORK: The rates in Schedule-‘B’ are inclusive of cement cost. Contractor has to purchase fresh 43 grade cement confirming to as per IS 8112 -1991 or 53 grade cement confirming to as per IS 12269 -1987 or PPC (Fly ash Based) confirming to IS-1489 (Part-I) of approved brand by GSECL. Contractor has to construct pucca go down at site of work so that cement bags be properly preserved to avoid damage due to any kind of water. GSECL will in no way responsible for any damage, loss or theft of the same. Contractor has to bring sufficient quantities of cement bags and at no time less than 200 (two hundred) bags to maintain progress of work. The work should not suffer for want of cement. Cement should give the required strength of cement concrete. To bring sufficient & timely cement at site is full responsibility of contractor. Nothing extra will be paid on account of any reason to maintain progress of works and to complete the works in schedule time. Contractor has to submit material A/c consumption of cement used with every bill. In case of not submitting the same, bill will not be passed. Party has to submit the copy of cement / purchase bill along with each RA Bill/Final Bill. Empty cement bags are not to be returned to the corporation and contractor will be allowed to take away with permission of in writing from Engineer-in-charge. Contractor is fully responsible for safety of cement at site; nothing will be paid extra on account of safety. If GSECL’s authorized representative wants to check cement stock at site. Contractor has to allow for the same at any time. Contractor has to maintain day to day cement consumption balance account at site. As far as possible, contractor has to maintain supply of cement of only one brand & grade throughout the work and on account of closer/shortage of approved brand, cement of other brand in accordance of condition No. (1) will be allowed by Engineer In-Charge. Contractor will be allowed to carry out work only after physical verification of cement brought at site. Contractor shall have to use PPC (Fly Ash based) preferably as per the relevant I.S. codes. The cement consumption will be considered as per the standardized norms of state P.W.D. / GSECL and accordingly the required quantity of cement shall have to be brought by the contractor and has to use the cement accordingly. Contractor should not use less than the prescribed quantities of cement even in the case of mix design recommends lower quantity. Nothing will be paid extra for over consumption. Approved names of manufacturers for cement and steel Following companies / brands are approved for providing and supplying the cement and steel to be used in concerned tender works where the contractor has to bring the same at his own cost. Sr. No.

Name of company Brand Name Sr. No

Name of company Brand Name

A.C.C. Cement A.C.C. Sanghi Cement Sanghi Ambuja Cement Ambuja Saurashtra Cement Binani Cement Binani. Digvijay Cement. (DCC) Haathi Birla Cement Birla A-1 India Cement Corromandal King Gujarat Sidhee Cement Sidhee Ultratech Cement ( L & T) Ultra-Tech J.K.Cement J.K. Jaypee Cement Jaypee JK Laxmi Cement J.K.Laxmi Wonder cement limited Wonder brand Digvijay Cement Co. Ltd Kamal

(B) Names of Manufacturer / Supplier of structural Steel / Coils / Bars etc.for the structural / Pipes / reinforcement etc.

Steel Authority of India Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. Jindal Lloyds Essar Steel Ltd. Ispat Shah Alloys Ltd., Ahmedabad Mahavir Rolling Mills Ltd., A’bad. Bhawalka Steel Industries, Mumbai Sur Vijay Rolling and Engineering Ltd., Nagpur ShriBajrang Alloys Ltd., Raipur



Unique Structures and Towers Ltd., Raipur Sanghi TMT Steel – 8 mm to 16 mm dia. Bars. Hans Ispat Ltd. Ta. Anjar – Kutch VarsanaIspat Ltd. TA. Anjar - Kutch Electrotherm India Ltd (TMT BAR 8 MM TO 32 MM)(EXCLUDING 18 MM) Kamdhenu TMT (M/S KAMDHENU ISPAT LTD ) (8 MM TO 32 MM ) “GK TMT” steel of M/s Real Ispat& Power Ltd8MM to 32 MM diameter GRADE-Fe-415, Fe-500 (C) Instruction for Materials : The contractor shall submit entry details of cement & steel along with challan duly endorsed by Security

Department to E.I.C. for record and verification with each R.A. Bill.




GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LTD., UKAI

List of Approved Vendors for supply of HDPE (PE- 100) pipes (IS-4984) and RCC NP3 pipes as per Vender List

Sr.No. Name of Agency Address/ Email Address Approved sizes & Class

Material Grade

Size (mm) Class

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 M/s. Ori-Plast Ltd., Kolkata

H.O. Marketing office: 40 PE-100 20 to 500 mm PN-8.0

Strand Road, 3rd floor, Kolkata-700001


2 M/s. Reliance Industries Ltd., Mumbai

Fortune 2000, 4th floor, c-3, G Block, PE-100 up to 400 mm PN-8.0

Bandra - Kurla Complex, Bandra (East),

Mumbai - 400051

Email: [email protected]

[email protected]

3 M/S. Jain Irrigation Systems Ltd., Jalgaon

Jain Plastic Park, N.H. 6, PE-100 20 to 180 mm PN-8.0

P.O. Box.72, Jalgaon - 425001 (India)


4 M/s. Dutron Polymers Ltd.,

Dutron House, Nr. Mithakhali PE-100 20 to 630 mm PN-8.0

Ahmedabad Underbridge, Navarangpura,

Ahmedabad - 0 (India)


5 M/s.Chamunda Plastic 80, Prakruti Duplex, Nr. Motnath PE-100 20 to 630 mm PN-8.0

Industries Mahadev,Harni Dena Road, Harni,

Baroda - 390022

[email protected]

[email protected]

Mobile: 9327250661, 9099690004

6 Nimbus Pipes Limited E-35, RIICO Industrial Area (Extn) Bagru,

PE-100 20 to 630 mm PN-8.0

District: Jaipur (Rajasthan)- 302007

Plant - 2, SP2-123 &123A, RIICO Ind.area

Manda, Via-Chomu, Jaipur

7 Gurukrupa Industries, Bodeli

Gurukrupa Industries, RCC- NP3 150 to 300 mm 0.7 Kg/ Sqcm.

Bodeli, Taluka: Sankheda

Dist. Vadodara

8 Aerochem Piping Pvt. Ltd. Ahmedabad Plot No. 258, Road No, 1/B, Phase – I, Kathwada G.I.D.C. Ahmedabad. E-mail : - [email protected]

HDPE-100 20-630 mm 10 Kg/ Sqcm



9 Jet Fiber Pumps & Equipments Pvt. Ltd.

Jet Fiber Pumps & Equipments Pvt. Ltd.

HDPE-100 10kg/sqcm

100-500 mm 10 Kg/ Sqcm.

10 NOBLE POLYMERS S. No 132/1/1/4, 96/2/2 & 95/1/2, B/h Prince Pipes, Athal, Silvassa – 396 230. (D & NH U.T.), INDIA. Tel: +91-260-3298580. E-mail: [email protected]

HDPE-100 10kg/sqcm

100-500 mm 10 Kg/ Sqcm.




DECLARATION FORM (To be submitted duly notarized on Rs 100/- Stamp paper) Name of work: Providing, lowering, laying and commissioning the HDPE distribution lines, rising main, underground sump, water treatment plant, pumping machinery, House connections and miscellaneous work at Ukai for Water supply project. 1. I/We hereby declare that I/We have carefully studied the entire tender placed on the WEB site and condition of the contract, specification & other relevant documents of this work mentioned in the tender and abide by the same. Also I/We hereby and agree to execute the same accordingly. 2. I/We hereby abide to execute the contract agreement by downloading the copies of the condition of the contract, specification & other relevant documents of this work or otherwise I/We will get copy of the same form the office of the tender inviting authority and the same will be acceptable to me /us. I/We hereby accept and confirm that any dispute on this regards shall not be entertained by the tender inviting authority. 3. I/We hereby declare that I/we have visited the work site and fully acquainted myself/ourselves with the local situation regarding materials, labor and other factors pertaining to the work before submitting this tender. 4. I/We hereby confirm that our offer is Un-conditional and without any technical & commercial deviations.

Signature of Contractor Names, Seal, detail address



EMD BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT FOR TENDER /ENQ. NO. ___________________________________

APPENDIX – I (BANK GUARANTEE ON NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF Rs.100)

WHEREAS M/s. ____________________________________________(Name and Address of the Firm) having their registered Office at__________________________________________(Address of the Firm’s registered Office) (hereinafter called the Tenderer) wish to participate in the Tender No.__________________________ for______________________________________ of (supply / Erection / Supply &Erection / Work) of __________________________________ (Name of the material / equipment / work) for _________________________ Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited and WHEREAS a Bank Guarantee for(hereinafter called the “Beneficiary”) Rs. _____________ (Amount of EMD)valid till ____________ (mention here date of validity of this Guarantee which will be 4 (FOUR) months beyond initial validity of Tender’s offer) which is required to be submitted by the Tenderer along with the Tender. We, _____________________________________________ (Name of the Bank and address of the Branch giving the Bank Guarantee)having our registered Office at _____________________ (Address of Bank’s registered Office) hereby give this Bank Guarantee No. _________________dated ____________ and hereby agree unequivocally and unconditionally to pay immediately on demand in writing from the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited or any Officer authorized by it in this behalf any amount not exceeding Rs.____________ (amount of EMD) (Rupees ___________________________________________) (in words) to the said Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited on behalf of the Tenderer. We,__________________________________ (Name of the Bank)also agree that withdrawal of the tender or part thereof by the Tenderer within its validity or non-submission of Security Deposit by the Tenderer within one month from the date of tender or a part thereof has been accepted by the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited would constitute a default on the part of the Tenderer and that this Bank Guarantee is liable to be invoked and encashed within its validity by the Beneficiary in case of any occurrence of a default on the part of the Tenderer and that the encased amount is liable to be forfeited by the Beneficiary. This agreement shall be valid and binding on this Bank up to and inclusive of____________________ (mention here the date of validity of Bank Guarantee)and shall not be terminated by notice or by Guarantor change in the constitution of the Bank or the Firm of Tenderer or by any reason whatsoever and our liability hereunder shall not be impaired or discharged by any extension of time or variations or alterations made, given, conceded with or without our knowledge or consent by or between the Tenderer and the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited. NOT WITHSTANDING anything contained hereinbefore our liability under this Guarantee is restricted to Rs. _________________ (amount of EMD)(Rupees ________________________________________________ (in words).Our Guarantee shall remain in force till _____________ (date of validity of the Guarantee). Unless demands or claims under this Bank Guarantee are made to us in writing on or before ___________ (date should be 1 month after the above validity period of BG), all rights of Beneficiary under this Bank Guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be released and discharged from all liabilities there under. Place: Date: Please mention here complete Postal Signature Address of the Bank with Branch Code Telephone and Fax No

Signature of the Bank’s authorized Signatory with Official Seal

NAME OF DESIGNATED BANKS : All Nationalized Banks including Public Sector Banks IDBI Bank Ltd. Private Sector Banks authorized by RBI to undertake the State Government business, which are (i) Axis Bank (ii) ICICI Bank (iii) HDFC Bank. Note: The Banks shall be the Banks recognized / notified by the Finance Department, Government of Gujarat (GoG) from time to time.



ON STAMP PAPER OF RS.100/-

FORM OF BANKER’S UNDERTAKING (For SD & PG):

We, Bank of_______________________________ hereby agree unequivocally and unconditionally to pay within 48 hours on demand in writing from the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd or any Officer authorized by it in this behalf any amount up to and not exceeding Rs.___________ (in words)Rupees______________________________ to the said Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd on behalf of M/s.________________________________ who have entered into a contract for the supply/works specified below: PO (A/T) No. ________________________________________ dated _______________. This agreement shall be valid and binding on this Bank up to and inclusive of______________ and shall not be terminable by notice or by change in the constitution of the Bank or the firm of Contractors / Suppliers or by any other reasons whatsoever and our liability hereunder shall not be impaired or discharged by any extension of time or variations or alterations made, given conceded or agreed, with or without our knowledge or consent, by or between parties to the said within written contract. NOTWITHSTANDING anything contained herein before our liability under this guarantee is restricted to Rs._________________ (Rupees______________________________________ only). Our guarantee shall remain in force until ___________ Place: Date: Please mention here Complete Postal Address of the Bank with Branch Code, Telephone and Fax Nos. SIGNATURE OF THE BANK’S AUTHORISED SIGNATORY WITH OFFICIAL ROUND SEAL Place: Signature of tenderer Company’s Round seal Date Place